新编大学第二册英语听力原文2

合集下载

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2

Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happy?B: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test question?Marc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of Greenland?Angie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: What?Marc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying?Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrong?Carolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doing?Tony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room.Vickie: So we can’t visit Las Vegas?Tony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smiling?Vickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, Paula?Woman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okay?Woman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother.Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you going?Woman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what? It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theater?Man: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure? What street is this?Man: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map? I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these days?Jane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening.Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers? How are they doing?Jane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you? How are you doing these days?Paula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety.Jane: Community safety?Paula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community. Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot —Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand —using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai—people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness.In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that the person is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning? Why’s she frowing?Audio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class?4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing?6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it going?Jim: Great! How’re you doing?Katy: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah? What’s wrong?Katy: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studying?Katy: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doing?A: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah? What’s wrong?A: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right now?A: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game start?A: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along? You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston? Sounds nice. Why are you so glum?A: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear it?A: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to Boston?A: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too. A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it going?B: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doing?A: Fine! Where are you living now?B: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about you? A: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk. Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach.Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people.Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time, and when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw theFrisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses. Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan.Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember —never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan.Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember —never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!。

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案

全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The a bility to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pract ice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularl y the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You 're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters ta ll and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1 999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th c entury. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA s eason to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, h e once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can' t always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main re ason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always avery important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, b ut it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mo stly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation? Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a t icket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to w ork out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But aft er work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this week end? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B : Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What a bout you? M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from b eing my kind of sport. Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What abo ut you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have faile d to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf ga mes.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we ha ve to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many w ays for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such thing s as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context t hat he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew pas sed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, i ntonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For e xample, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between t wo speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the follow ing questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant oppo site the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for ou r meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Soda? I think it tastes like me dicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you lik e to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me thi s evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter : Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And yo u?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have wePeter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why? Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to di nner this weekend? Kate: That would be great. Do you have any parti cular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy . I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time . They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, an d you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet o n Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Every body is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: Tha t's great. (At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, p lease. B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B ) Do you want any soup? B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandw ich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No i ce, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Customer: For he re. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right .Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That soun ds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian foo d needs red wine, you know. B: But we have to go back to work. A : OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where doesthe conversation take place? 3. What will they order? Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often fi nd it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. G enerally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weathe r report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so o n, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain . A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius , 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours f rom around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure. [ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting t o get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sun shine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine —but not too much! Do you remember last yearMichelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activi ties. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off. Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in t he sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know ab out Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I real ly like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says th e good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and t he sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way.I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Any how, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right. Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert . B: Yes, especially in July and August. A: Well, what did the wea therman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no ! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather. Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, a ccompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next w eek?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have w e? W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the wh ole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from theconversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What can we learn from the conversation5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases l ike "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that cont rasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are abou t to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarl y, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is g oing to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or disc uss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is g oing to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal w ord(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaura nts. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its repre sentative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finallyI will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerfu l effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soo n it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming diffic ult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To be gin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothingatmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An Americ an marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slo w down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well adv ised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in s hops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's y our favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and sp ectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it already . It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exci ting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions abo ve where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encourag ed her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed th e song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was tha t of ReneAngelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has be en steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at fir st less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was select ed by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Acade my award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successf ul film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and , of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On". Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversa tion is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although someti mes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find i t out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimate ly the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation ( at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you bee n sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terr ible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't yo u tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I' m aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers? [ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest prob lem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months —it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can 't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Hav e you been experiencing any other symptoms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do yo u get much exercise? P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indi gestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise prog ram.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exerc ise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems。

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2

Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happyB: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test questionMarc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of GreenlandAngie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: WhatMarc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrongCarolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doingTony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room. Vickie: So we can’t visit Las VegasTony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smilingVickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, PaulaWoman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okayWoman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother. Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you goingWoman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theaterMan: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure What street is thisMan: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these daysJane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening. Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers How are they doingJane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you How are you doing these daysPaula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety. Jane: Community safetyPaula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in ourcommunity.Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot — Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand — using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai— people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’tuse your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness. In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that the person is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning Why’s she frowingAudio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it goingJim: Great! How’re you doingKaty: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah What’s wrongKaty: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studyingKaty: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doingA: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah What’s wrongA: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right nowA: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game startA: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston Sounds nice. Why are you so glumA: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear itA: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to BostonA: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too.A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it goingB: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doingA: Fine! Where are you living nowB: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful.How about youA: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk.Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach. Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people. Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time, and when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by takingtheir hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses.Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doingClaudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan WhenClaudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else Oh, remember — always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: ReallyTakeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: WhatTakeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like thisTakeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doingClaudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan WhenClaudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else Oh, remember — always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: ReallyTakeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: WhatTakeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like thisTakeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!。

新标准大学英语视听说2听力原文

新标准大学英语视听说2听力原文Unit 1。

Part I Listening Practice。

Section A。

1. M: I’m thinking of taking a trip to New York City next month. Have you ever been there?W: Yes, I went there last summer. It was amazing! There are so many things to see and do.2. M: I’m really worried about my final exams. I don’t think I’m prepared at all.W: Don’t worry. I can help you study. We can make a study schedule and review together.3. M: I heard that the new Italian restaurant downtown is really good. Do you want to go there for dinner tonight?W: That sounds great. I love Italian food. Let’s make a reservation.4. M: I can’t believe how expensive rent is in this city. I’m considering finding a roommate to split the cost.W: That’s a good idea. It would definitely help with the expenses.5. M: I’m thinking of buying a new car, but I’m not sure if I should get a small one or a larger one.W: It really depends on your needs. If you often have passengers or need more cargo space, a larger car might be better.Section B。

新编大学英语听力2原文

Section 1Good Old DaysLife was very different in the 1950s than it is today．Divorce was not common. Husbands went to support the whole family．Most women didn’t work and depended on their husbands’incomes for living．Children didn’t come home after school to an empty house as many do today. Families did more things together. One of the favorite family pastimes was a drive in the country. Gas was cheap．People had big cars，and the whole family could ride comfortably．Before TV became popular, people talked to each other more．Children didn’t have as many toys, and they played more games together. On Saturdays the neighborhood theaters had special movies for children. The shows cost only 25 cents．People stayed at one job for most of their lives．They didn’t change jobs every year like they do today．They also lived in the same house for a long time. They didn’t move as much．Services were better in the 1950s．Doctors often came to a sick person’s house, especially if you were “sick in bed"．Milkmen delivered fresh dairy products daily to homes．There were no self-service gas stations, and attendants used to wash your car windows and check your oil free of charge.Section 2East Meets West and Loves It Hisham and I will have been married for twenty years this February．Everybody said it would not work．He is Jordanian, Muslim, and I am Italian，Catholic．We met in Florida twenty-two years ago．What we had in common was nothing except youth．He could barely speak the English language, and I thought Arabs were from India. Within a year I found out where Jordan was exactly and he could say “ I love you" in broken English．When we got married people actually placed bet、at our small wedding in my family’s dining room. They thought our relationship would not last a year. Hisharn did not tell his parents he was married for almost five years．He felt that if he failed at school his family would blame the marriage. Of course everybody, from Arabs to Americans，thought he married me to get a green card．1 knew he didn’t.I lived in his country for six years after graduation and had a son there. Through Hisham’s eyes I saw the beauty of his culture and religion and the simple ways of his people．Being from New York and living in Amman，Jordan，I still had my Christmas tree each year, my Easter eggs and even Halloween pumpkin in the window．I also took some of their ways 一cooking, methods of mothering，socializing 一and it enhanced my own character in the long run．Throughout the years，I was not the Italian girl from New York, not the American married to the Arab; I was a beautiful blended person with two children and a man who loves me．Section 3Love You and Love Your WeaknessA man had two large pots for carrying water. One pot had a crack in it, while the other was perfect. At the end of the long walk from the stream to his house, the cracked pot arrived only half full ．For two years the man had been delivering only one and a half pots full of water everyday to his house. Of course，the perfect pot was proud of itself. And the cracked pot felt ashamed and miserable because it was able to do only half of the work. After two years of failure, it spoke to the man one day．“I am ashamed of myself, and I want to apologize to you．I have been able to deliver only half my load because of this crack in my side,”the pot said. The man felt sorry for it and said, “As we return to the house, 1 want you to look at the beautiful flowers along the path．”Indeed，as they went up the hill，the cracked pot saw the sun warming the beautiful flowers on the side of the path. But it still felt bad because half of the water had run away，and again it apologized．Then the man said to the pot,“Did you see that there were flowers only on your side of the path, but not on the other pot's side? That's because I have always known about you and planted flower seeds on your side of the path，and every day you’ve watered them. For two years I have been able to pick these beautiful flowers to decorate the house.. Without you, the house would not look so beautiful．”Section 1Learning to communicate in another language may be very difficult and frustrating at times, but it can also be one of the most rewarding experiences inyour life. Being able to communicate in another language will open doors for you to experience a world of new people, places, and ideas. It will offer you a look at cultures from every part of the earth. And if you have the opportunity to live in another culture, the experience will show you many things—above all, about your own culture. It will reveal cultural similarities and differences that you have never noticed in the past. In addition, the experience can also show you a great deal about your own personal beliefs, attitudes, and perceptions. Within a short time in another culture, you will find that you begin to learn a great deal about yourself and your own country and culture. Section 2My wife and I visited her family in Mexico ten months after we were married. I had been working on my Spanish and was looking forward to practicing it. On our first evening there, the entire family held a party for us. I spent a lot of time entertaining the children, one of whom enjoyed explaining to me in great detail.Later I said to my wife, “I really thought my Spanish had improved, but when I was talking with Rolando, no matter how hard I concentrated, I couldn't understand a thing he was saying.”“No one can,” she replied, “he's still learning how to talk.”Section 3At an early age, little girls' conversation is less definite and expresses more doubts, while little boys use conversation to establish status with their listeners.These differences continue into adult life. In public conversations, men talk more and interrupt other speakers more. In private conversations, men and women speak in equal amounts, although they say things in a different style. For women, private talking is a way to establish and test intimacy. For men, private talking is a way to explore the power structure of a relationship.Teaching is one job which shows the differences between men's and women's ways of talking. When a man teaches a woman, he wants to show that he has more knowledge, and hence more power in conversation. He uses his language to show this. When a woman teaches another woman, however, she is more likely to take a sharing approach and to encourage her student to join in. But it doesn't suggest that women are naturally more helpful. Actually, women feel they achieve power by being able to help others.Section 1Is winning everything? Ask kids and the answer is probably “No”. Ask adults and the answer is probably “Yes”. And it is adults who control sports for young people—with terrible results for many kids.Twenty million children between the ages of eight and sixteen play organized sports outside school. Their experiences are sometimes very bad. Why? Because of the adults, often their parents, who watch the games.Children's sports are organized like professional sports. Children play baseball and football. They wear all the equipment that professional athletes wear. They have almost everything that adult players have. And many people come to watch their games, especially the families of the players, their parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters. Because the children's games are like adult, professional games, their parents want adult, professional competition. When a child drops a ball, his father becomes angry. When a child doesn't run fast, his mother might shout, “Run faster! Run faster!”And the child? With an angry father and a shouting mother, this is not a happy time. Unhappy and nervous, the child wants to stop playing. The game is not fun now. But he or she can't stop, because the competition is not finished.Section 2(Three students, Sarah, Tom and Jen, are sitting in the student center having a coke. They have been discussing the 100th anniversary of flight.) Sarah: I'm tired of hearing so much about what winners the Wright brothers were with their first plane flight.Tom: Why do you say that, Sarah?Sarah: I have always thought the female pilot Amelia Earhart as even more of a winner.Jen: I admire her too but she failed to fly around the world in 1937.Tom: She crashed into the Pacific Ocean, didn't she?Sarah: No one ever knows for sure, but that probably is what happened.Tom: Then how is she a winner?Sarah: She was the first woman to fly across the Atlantic Ocean alone. She did this in 1932 in a small plane.Jen: That's true.Sarah: Until then, many people said that a woman wasn't strong enough mentally or physically to make such a trip alone. Well, not only did she do it, but she also made the trip faster than anyone had before.Jen: Good for her!Sarah: Then in 1935 she flew alone from Hawaii to California, the very first person to be successful in making the trip.Tom: But, as I said before, she failed to fly around the world.Sarah: I don't think Amelia would think that she had really failed.Jen: Why?Sarah: She had written a letter to her husband in which she said, “I am q uite aware of the dangers. I want to do it because I want to do it. Women must try to do things as men have tried. When they fail, their failure must be but a challenge to others.” Jen: And you are saying that she has challenged others.Sarah: Right!Section 3Michael Joseph Jackson was born on August 29, 1958, in Gary, Indiana. He was the seventh child of Joseph and Catherine Jackson. Joseph, a steel-mill worker, encouraged his three sons, Sigmund, Toriano, and Jermaine, to practice the guitar and write songs. This trio performed at nightclubs and talent shows.Young Michael loved to imitate his brothers' dancing and singing. His parents were often amused to find him imitating a song and his brothers' dance steps. As he grew older, they found that he had a natural talent for singing.He sang his first solo in front of his entire school, the song “Climb Every Mountain”, which was a popular number from the musical The Sound of Music.By the early 1960s, Joseph decided that Michael and his elder brother, Marlon, should join their older siblings and form a group. The result was “Jackson Five”. This group performed in nightclubs and talent shows. Despite his young age of six, Michael soon distinguished himself as a singer and dancer of unusual ability.Section 1(Three students, Janice, Sue, and Kelly, are looking at magazines in the library and commenting on some articles they see.)Janice: I think I've seen everything now!Sue: What do you mean?Janice: Have you ever heard of psycho-geometrics?Sue: No.Janice: I hadn't either. It's a new way of identifying personalities.Kelly: How?Janice: You think of the four basic shapes—square, triangle, circle and rectangle and decide which shape you like best.Sue: I like triangles. They make me think of the ancient Egyptian pyramids. What does that say about me?Janice: The triangle stands for ambition and high achievement.Sue: I like that. What else?Janice: You like to achieve. Once you decide what you want, nothing will stop you. Also you like to give big parties for friends and love being in the center of the crowd.Sue: That fits me.Kelly: What about me? I like circles. That's why I wear my blouse with the dots on it so often. Janice: The circle is a symbol of unity. Getting along with others is most important to you. You're friendly, caring and a good listener. No wonder you're so popular!Kelly: That's nice to know. What about you? Janice: I like squares. This is supposed to mean that I like things to be planned and structured, and also that finishing things is important to me.Kelly: What else?Janice: It says that I prefer being with just a few friends rather than with a big group. That's really true.Sue: Do you believe all of this?Janice: I don't know but it's fun to think about. Section 2Bob had finally made it to the last round of the $64,000 Question. The night before the big question, he told the host that he desired a question on American history. The big night had arrived. Bob made his way on stage in front of the studio and TVaudience. He had become the talk of the week. He was the best guest this show had ever seen. The host stepped up to the mike.“Bob, you have chosen American history as your final question. You know that if you correctly answer this question, you will walk away $64,000 richer. Are you ready?”Bob nodded with confidence. The audience went nuts. He hadn't missed a question all week. “Bob, your question on American history is a two-part question. As you know, you may answer either part first. As a rule, the second half of the question is always easier. Which part would you like to answer first?”Bob was now becoming very nervous. He couldn't believe it, but he was drawing a blank. American history was his easiest subject, but he played it safe. “I'll try the easier part first.”The host nodded approvingly. “Here we go, Bob. I will ask you the second half first, then the first half.”The audience silenced with great anticipation. “Bob, here is your question: And in what year did it happen?”Section 3(Joan, Kristen and Shelly are discussing their evening plans while having lunch.)Joan: I'm so stressed out! I just can't get that new computer program written. I wonder if I'll ever finish it. I'm supposed to have dinner with my best friend from college tonight but I think I should call her and say I can't.Kristen: No, Joan, don't call her. Have dinner with her and have a good time.Shelly: I agree with Kristen. Have dinner and talk about what fun you two had in college. Tomorrow you'll feel less stressed.Joan: How do you know, Shelly?Shelly: I recently read an article in the magazine Psychology Today. It said social support, especially with old and good friends, can help you keep down your stress level. It can actually slow your heart rate and reduce your blood pressure.Kristen: I read that too. It also said that making time for close relationships is vital to helping you have good health. Some research suggests that people who are socially connected get a better night's rest too.Joan: OK, I'll go. I really wanted to, but, well, you know... By the way, Kristen, your job is stressful too. What are you doing tonight?Kristen: I've joined a book discussion group. We're meeting tonight. I always enjoy the discussion and social interaction, so I go home afterwards, feeling relaxed.Shelly: I'm going to call my sister. We don't live close to each other so we phone when we can and laugh a lot. I always feel great afterwards.Joan: Sounds like we'll all be “distressing” tonight. I'm glad we talked.7、Section 1Customs differ from country to country. Does a man walk on the left or on the right of a woman in your country? Or doesn't it matter? What about table manners? Should you use both hands when you are eating? Should you leave one in your lap, or on the table?The Americans and the British not only speak the same language but also share a large number of social customs. For example, in both America and England people shake hands when they meet each other for the first time. Also, most Englishmen will open a door for a woman or offer their seat to a woman, and so will most Americans. Promptness is important both in England and in America. That is, if one is invited to a dinner at 7 o'clock, the dinner guest either arrives close to that time or calls up to explain his delay.The important thing to remember about social customs is not to do anything that might make other people feel uncomfortable—especially if they are your guests. There is an old story about a man who gave a normal dinner party. When the food was served, one of the guests started to eat his peas with a knife. The other guests were surprised, but the host quietly picked up his knife and began eating in the same way. It would have been bad manners to make his guest feel foolish or uncomfortable.Section 2Throughout the world children are taught not to stuff their mouths with food, to eat politely at the table and not to be “piggish” with their eating habits. However, more and more countries have eating contests in which as much food is eaten as fast as possible, and no one cares about manners. Today, eating contests have become a sport in many countries including Japan, the U.S., Canada,Germany, Thailand, England, Russia and Scotland. In the U.S., the best known eating contest is Nathan's Fourth of July Hot Dog Eating Contest. Each Fourth of July contestants gather at Nathan's restaurant in Coney Island, New York City's popular beach and amusement park. The contest was first held in 1916 and has been held each year except 1941 and 1971. The all-time world record is held by Takeru Kobayashi of Japan, who ate 50 hot dogs and buns in 12 minutes. Recently, a tiny Korean American woman, Sonya Thomas, came in fourth, eating 25 hot dogs in 12 minutes. This broke the women's record.Sonya Thomas holds several eating records. She ate 23 pork sandwiches in 10 minutes at a contest in Mississippi, and at a competition in Indiana, she shocked the crowd by eating 65 hard-boiled eggs in only six minutes and 40 seconds. She thinks her biggest win was when she ate 36 dozen oysters in 10 minutes. Despite all the food she eats, Sonya weighs less than 45kg. She keeps fit by eating lots of rice, vegetables and chicken and walks on a treadmill four times a week. She also says that when she is not competing in a contest she likes leisurely meals.Section 3“You're going to the United States to live? How wonderful! You're really lucky!”Does this sound familiar? Is your life in this new country always wonderful and exciting? It is not easy to adjust to life in a new culture. These feelings are called culture shock.There are three stages of culture shock. In the first stage, the newcomers like their environment. Then, when the newness wears off, they begin to hate the city, the country, the people etc. in the new culture. In the final stage of culture shock, the newcomers begin to adjust to their surroundings and again enjoy their life.Some of the factors in culture shock are obvious. Maybe the weather is unpleasant. Perhaps the customs are different. Perhaps public service systems such as the telephone, post office, or transportation are difficult to figure out and you make mistakes. The simplest things seem difficult. The language may be difficult. The food may seem strange to you and you may miss the familiar smells of the food of your own country. If you don't look like the natives, you may feel strange. You may feel like everyone is watching you. In fact, you are just self-conscious.Culture shock may produce a feeling of homesickness, imagined illness, or even unreasonable fear. When people have such feelings, they sometimes feel like staying inside all the time. They want to protect themselves from the unfamiliar environment. This solves the problem of culture shock for a short while, but it does nothing to help the person learn the culture. Familiarity and experience are the long-term solutions to the problem of culture shock.。

大学英语听力b2_listening_unit_2_Communication

新编大学英语视听说教程Book 2 Unit 2Part 1 Listening, understanding and speakingListening I1.1-5 FTFFT2. 1. skin 2. local hospital3. eat --- skin trouble4. waiting for ---- a big basket5. done all her/the shopping ---- her / a shopping listScript:Mrs. Black was having a lot of trouble with her skin, so she went to her doctor. However he could not find anything wrong with her. So he sent her to the local hospital for some tests. The hospital, of course, sent the results of the tests directly to Mrs. Black's doctor. The next morning, he telephoned her to give her a list of the things that he thought she should not eat, as any of them might be the cause of her skin trouble.Mrs. Black carefully wrote all the things down on a piece of paper, which she then left beside the telephone while she went out to a meeting.When she got back home two hours later, she found her husband waiting for her. He had a big basket full of packages beside him, and when he saw her, he said, "Hello, dear. I have done all your shopping for you.""Done all my shopping?" she asked in surprise. "But how did you know what I wanted?""Well, when I got home, I found your shopping list beside the telephone," answered her husband, "so I went down to the shops and bought everything you had written down."Of course, Mrs. Black had to tell him that he had bought all the things the doctor did not allow her to eat!Listening I I1 1. British English --- American English 2. sound, words and expressions, --grammar 3. confusing --- different --- understandable--- each2. British EnglishI don’t know.What do you say?jumpertrouserschipschemist’s shopring them upHave you got an extra pen?Script:American and British people both speak English, of course, but sometimes it does not seem like the same language. In fact, there are some important differences between British and American English.First of all, they sound very different. Often, Americans don't say all the letters in each word. For example, Americans may say "I dunno" instead of "I don't know", or they may say "Whaddya say?" instead of "What do you say?"Sound is not the only difference between British and American English. The two languages have different words and expressions for some things. For example, some words for clothing are different. Americans use the word "sweater", but the British say "jumper". Americans wear "vests" over their shirts, but British people wear "vests" under their shirts. Americans talk about "pants" or "slacks", but the British talk about "trousers". The British chips are American French fries. A British chemist is an American drugstore. In Britain, if you are going to telephone friends, you "ring them up". In America, you "give them a call".There are also some differences in grammar. For example, Americans almost always use the helping verb "do" with the verb "have". They might say, "Do you have an extra pen?" The British often ask the question a different way. They might say, "Have you got an extra pen?"These differences can be confusing when you are learning English. But when the same language is used in different places, it is understandable that it changes in each place.Listening III11-6 T F F F F T21) small 2) pie 3) pine 4) big 5) small 6) pint 7) half 8) German9) warm 10) brown 11) English 12) a packet of 13) in the evening14) fried potatoes 15) crispsScript:Nick: Hi, Dieter. OK?Dieter: Oh, hi, Nick. Yes, I'm fine, except that I had a big problem ordering my drink.I didn't think my English was so bad!Nick: Your English is very good! What kind of problem?Dieter: Well, look at this beer I've got here—this warm, brown, English beer—it wasn't what I wanted!Nick: Why, what did you ask for?Dieter: Well, I just asked for a small beer. Then the barman asked what type of beer and said lots of names that I didn't understand—and something about a pie or a pine. I didn't understand anything!Nick: Oh, no! He probably said a pint! In English you don't ask for a big or a small beer. You ask for either a pint or a half. A pint's the big one.Dieter: So this one I've got here is a half?Nick: Yes, that's a half of bitter. Bitter's the name for that type of beer.Dieter: Ah, that's what he said—bitter! Well, it's very different from the beer we drink in Germany, I must say.Nick: Yes, I know. They call the German type of beer lager. So you have to ask for a half of lager, or a pint of lager.Dieter: OK. I understand that now. My another problem was chips. I asked for a packet of chips, and the barman said something strange—that they don't have chips in the evening, only at lunchtime. What did he mean?Nick: Yes, they have fish and chips, but I think you meant crisps. In England, chips are fried potatoes, you know, French fries. The ones you buy in a packet are crisps. Dieter: Well, in the end I didn't get anything to eat. So you see, I did everything wrong!Listening IV11-5 F T T F T2Examples: 1. MEN 2. HIS 3. MAN-madeConsequences: 1. mental image --- females/women 2. females/ women --- males/ men 3. citizensScript:(Mr. and Mrs. Jones are having a conversation one evening while Mrs. Jones happens to be looking at some of the textbooks her daughter, who is in the fifth grade, is using.)Mrs. Jones: Listen to what this book says. It really makes me angry! When talking about the settling of the western part of the U.S., it says, "MEN by the thousands headed west." Then on the very same page it says, "The average citizen in the United States is proud of HIS heritage."Mr. Jones: What's wrong with that? It's true. I don't understand why you are angry. Mrs. Jones: Why? Because women are left out!Mr. Jones: Everyone knows when the author says "men" or "his" in those sentences that the author means to include women.Mrs. Jones: I think you are wrong. When young people read these sentences, they simply do not form a mental image which includes females.Mr. Jones: Mm. Do you have other examples?Mrs. Jones: Yes I do! This book mentions "MAN-made improvements that have raised America's standard of living". A child will not think that females as well as males have made contributions when reading this.Mr. Jones: I still don't think it's very important.Mrs. Jones: Of course you don't! You're a man. But don't you want our daughter and other little girls to have the idea that they can be important citizens in their country, just as other women have been in the past?Mr. Jones: Well, I guess you're right. I hope not all textbooks are like that.Part 2 Viewing, understanding and speaking11-6 T F F F F T21) or another 2) seeing each other 3) boating 4) half an hour 5) someoneelse 6) anymore 7) Of course I do. 8) two different places 9) stupid Script:(The telephone rings in Julia's home, and she picks up the phone.)Julia: Hello!Michael: Hello, this is Michael.Julia: Hi, Michael. How are you?Michael: I'm fine. I miss you a lot though.Julia: Me, too. Can we get together again before you leave?Michael: Yes, sure! That's why I called you.Julia: Where should we meet?Michael: Mm, how about in front of Wanghu Hotel? (Some people are talking loudly in Julia's home.) That's not far from your home.Julia: Which hotel? I didn't hear you clearly.Michael: Wanghu Hotel.Julia: OK! What time?Michael: Mm, how about 12:30, tomorrow afternoon?Julia: OK, see you then.Michael: OK. OK, see you then.(In front of Wanghu Hotel, Michael is waiting. But Julia is waiting in front of Huanhu Hotel.)Michael: (He Looks at his watch, talking to himself.) It's 1:35 now! What's wrong with her?Julia: (She Looks at everywhere, hoping to see Michael, then talking to herself.) He's always late!Michael: (He Looks at his watch again, talking to himself.) Maybe she doesn't want to see me again?Julia: (She Looks at her watch, talking to herself.) It's almost 1:45 now! Where is he? Can it be that he is waiting at Wanghu Hotel? (Julia quickly rushes to Wanghu Hotel. There she sees Michael, who stands there waiting anxiously.)(In front of Wanghu Hotel.)Michael: Hi, Julia. You are so late. How come?Julia: I'm late?! I'm not late! I was waiting somewhere else! Believe it or not, I was waiting in front of Huanhu Hotel!Michael: Oh, my goodness! I've been waiting here for one hour. How come you went to Huanhu Hotel? I told you to come to Wanghu Hotel.Julia: But it sounded like Huanhu Hotel to me! You should've pronounced it more clearly.Michael: I'm sorry, but...but it never occurred to me you would have confused the two.Julia: I wish I'd realized that sooner, so that I wouldn't have waited there for so long. You know what? When you called yesterday, my mom had a group of friends over. They were so noisy that I could hardly hear you.Michael: That's why. Then how did you figure out that it might be here—Wanghu Hotel?Julia: Did it ever occur to you that we might be waiting at two different hotels? Michael: I guess not. I thought you were delayed by traffic or something.Julia: No! You don't think. Whenever we meet, we always have one problem or another.Michael: But last Saturday was all right. We had no trouble whatsoever seeing each other.Julia: It's always me who is waiting for you.Michael: That's not true! Wasn't I waiting for you today? And do you still remember the day when we went boating? I waited for you for about half an hour!Julia: If you don't want to wait for me, then wait for someone else.Michael: Julia, it's not that. You know what I mean.Julia: You just don't love me anymore.Michael: Of course I do. That's why I'm here. If I didn't love you, I wouldn't have waited here for an hour.Julia: But you never say "I love you" any more.Michael: Do you think I have to repeat the same three words all the time? Actions speak louder than words.Julia: But if you don't say it, how do I know?Michael: Come on, Julia. Don't be childish. Are we speaking the same language? It seems to me you always get me wrong.Julia: Well, if...if I hadn't realized what had happened we would still be waiting at two different places right now!Michael: Are you saying I'm stupid? Then why did you fall in love with me, then? Julia: Because I am even more stupid than you are! (Both laugh.)Michael: Now, let's forget it. Why don't we go for a walk in the park?Julia: Sure! (They walk away hand in hand.)Part 3 Video Appreciation and Singing for Fun1.Tip 1: Use open-ended questionsTip 2: Active listeningTip 3: The cocoonTip 4: Engage with the other personTip 5: Don’t make assumptionsTip 6: Avoid antagonistic sentences2. 1) closed questions 2) kill the conversation 3) summarizing 4) concentrate on 5) visualize a “cocoon”6) turn around and face that individual7) a particular topic 8) projecting your own thoughts or feelings9) a form of attack 10) a lot less conflictsPart 4 Further Speaking and ListeningListening I1) closer 2) regular 3) down 4) sense 5) envelope 6) convenience 7) instant 8) longer 9) positive 10) 2,252 11) quality 12) decreased 13) similar 14) inside 15) agreed 16) differentListening II1) status 2) definite 3) doubts 4) interrupt 5) power structure 6) establish and test 7) knowledge 8) power 9) sharing approach 10) encourageScript:At an early age, little girls' conversation is less definite and expresses more doubts, while little boys use conversation to establish status with their listeners.These differences continue into adult life. In public conversations, men talk more and interrupt other speakers more. In private conversations, men and women speak in equal amounts, although they say things in a different style. For women, private talking is a way to establish and test intimacy. For men, private talking is a way to explore the power structure of a relationship.Teaching is one job which shows the differences between men's and women's ways of talking. When a man teaches a woman, he wants to show that he has more knowledge, and hence more power in conversation. He uses his language to show this. When a woman teaches another woman, however, she is more likely to take a sharing approach and to encourage her student to join in.But it doesn't suggest that women are naturally more helpful. Actually, women feel they achieve power by being able to help others.Listening III1-5 F T F F TScript:Walking down the street, a dog saw an ad in an office window. "Help wanted. Must type 70 words a minute. Must be computer literate. Must be bilingual. Anequal-opportunity employer."The dog applied for the position, but he was quickly refused. "I can't hire a dog for this job," the office manager said. But when the dog pointed to the line that read "An equal-opportunity employer", the office manager sighed and asked, "Can you type?" Silently, the dog walked over to a typewriter and typed a letter without a mistake. "Can you operate a computer?" the manager inquired. The dog then sat down at a computer, wrote a program and ran it perfectly."Look, I still can't hire a dog for this position," said the office manager. "You have fine skills, but I need someone who's bilingual. It says so right in the ad."The dog looked up at the manager and said, "Meow."Listening IV1 1-6 T F T F T T2 1) an American education 2) fluent English 3) misses 4) nice5) little things 6) walking the dog 7) weather 8) snowy9) sunshine 10) boots 11) umbrella 12) a big smileScript:Ramon Romero is a seventeen-year-old boy from Bolivia. He speaks Spanish and a little bit of English.Ramon lives in the United States now, in Little Rock, Arkansas, with the Hutchinsons. They are not his real family. His real family is back in Bolivia. They cannot come to America because they have jobs and duties in their country and aren't able to leave. However, they do want their son to have an American education and be fluent in English.He misses his family and wishes to see them. It seems that no one understands his true feelings. It is difficult to listen to English all the time and then to express his thoughts in English. His American family is very nice to him and helps him in every way. In return, Ramon does little things to help the family. For instance, he takes the dog for a walk every morning and every evening.When he comes back from the morning walk, he tells Mrs. Hutchinson about the weather. This tells her how to dress her four-year-old son. On Tuesday, Mrs. Hutchinson asks, "How is the weather today?"Ramon answers, "It rain.""No, Ramon, in English we say, 'It's raining.'"On Wednesday, it rains again."It's raining today," reports Ramon.On Thursday, it snows. On Friday, the sun finally shines. Ramon is very happy that he doesn't have to wear boots or carry an umbrella. He comes into the house with a big smile on his face."How's the weather today?" asks Mrs. Hutchinson."Oh, today I am very happy," replies Ramon. "There is no weather."。

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit-2Word版

Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happy?B: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test question?Marc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of Greenland?Angie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: What?Marc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying? Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrong?Carolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doing?Tony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room. Vickie: So we can’t visit Las Vegas?Tony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smiling?Vickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, Paula?Woman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okay?Woman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother. Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you going?Woman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what? It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theater?Man: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure? What street is this?Man: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map? I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these days?Jane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening. Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers? How are they doing?Jane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you? How are you doing these days?Paula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety. Jane: Community safety?Paula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community.Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot — Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand — using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai— people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness. In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that theperson is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning? Why’s she frowing?Audio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class?4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing?6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it going?Jim: Great! How’re you doing?Katy: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah? What’s wrong?Katy: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studying?Katy: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doing?A: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah? What’s wrong?A: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right now?A: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game start?A: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along? You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston? Sounds nice. Why are you so glum?A: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear it?A: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to Boston?A: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too.A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it going?B: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doing?A: Fine! Where are you living now?B: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about you?A: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk.Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach. Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people. Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time,when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses.Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!（注：可编辑下载，若有不当之处，请指正，谢谢!）。

新标准大学英语视听说教程2册unit1-3听力原文

Unit 1 College cultureInside viewConversation 1Janet ：So this is the Cherwell Boathouse –it’s lovely! And look at those people punting! It looks quite easy.Mark ：I’m not so sure about that! Janet, there’s something Kate and I wanted to discuss wi th you.Some people in college are organizing charity events this term. We’ve decided to get involved.Janet ：Raising money for charity? Right. In China, people raise money for charity but students don’t usually do that.Mark ：Students often do that here. Anyway, we’re thinking of doing sponsored punting.Janet ：Sponsored punting! What’s that?Kate ：Sponsoring is when people pay you to do something – like run a long distance. So people would be sponsoring students to punt.Janet ：What a great idea! I’d love to join you!Mark ：That’s why we’re telling you about it. So that’s decided then. Let’s make a list of things we need to do.Kate ：I’ll do that. One of the first things we should do is choose the charity.Mark ：Yes. And choose a day for the event. And we need to design the sponsorship form. I’ve got one here.Kate ：That looks fine, but we must change the wording. Who wants to do that?Mark ：I’ll do that. What have we got so far?Kate ：Choose a charity. Also a day for the event. Change the wording on the sponsorship form …Um … We have to decide where the punt will start from.Mark ：Cherwell Boathouse, no question! It's a very beautiful route from here, apparently.Kate ：I’m with you on that.Janet ：Me too …Conversation2Janet ：I’m not us ed to boats – Woah!Mark ：Whoops!Kate ：Watch out! You nearly hit me with that thing!Mark ：Sorry! I didn’t mean to. … OK, we’re off!Kate ：Maybe I should do the punting.Mark ：It’s fine. I’ve got the hang of it now – give me a chance.Kate ：Well, I’d like to have a go.Mark ：Supposing I do the first hour. Then you can take over for a while, if you want to.Kate ：Yes, great.Janet ：You’re really good at it, Mark! This is fantastic! It’s exactly how I imagined life here! Look over there –isn’t it lovely!Kate ：Yes, it is.…Janet ：Kate, everything’s organized, isn’t it, for collecting the sponsorship money?Kate ：Yes, I’ve arranged for people to get the money to me by next Friday –if they haven’t paid online. I’ll count it all up.Janet ：Good. We’d better have a meeting soon after that, don’t you think? How much have we raised?Kate ：About 600.Janet：Fantastic! I’m so enjoying this!Mark ：Hey guys, I’ve got a suggestion – how about moving over to the bank and we can have our picnic! Hey, look, there’s Louise and Sophie!Mark ：Whoo …Girls：Mark!Janet ：Are you all right?Mark ：Er … Of course I’m all right. Kate, I think it’s your turn to punt!Outside viewV/O （画外音）Harvard University in Cambridge is one of the best universities in the world. We spoke to Alex Jude, the university’s Head of Communications. He explained that Harvard looks for the best and most talented students from around the world.AlexHarvard actually seeks students from around the world, the best students that we can find, to study chemistry, or study literature, or study government, or business. Our business school is particularly well-known around the world, as is the medical school and law school, so, um, and, and the Kennedy School of government, for the John F. Kennedy School of Government, so, er, we do seek very, very talented students and we have open doors for them.V/O （画外音）We asked five students at Harvard to tell us what kind of social life they have.AshleyUm, well relaxing is a little hard to do around here, but basically, I mean, I still, I, I live nearby anyway, so I see a lot of my friends, and … Um, there’s a good social life here if you look for it. I go to the gym, run. So that’s what I do.AdamIt is whatever you want it to be. It’s go od. If you wanna go out party, do anything you can. If you wanna sit in your room and study all night like my friend over here, you can also do that.BrianSocially, like you said, it’s, it’s a lot of what you make it. Um, we don’t have fraternities here, and so, you know, that’s, it’s obviously not as social. There’s not as many parties as there would be on another campus. Um, but on a Friday or Saturday night, there, there, there will be a party. Usually we end up studying until about 10 o’clock. And then we, and then we’ll go out and have fun maybe, or just watch a movie with friends, or, you know, whatever is going on for the night. JodieNot everyone would agree with me, obviously, but it’s, I think it’s a fun place to be.Interviewer: Have you made a lot of friends?Jodie : Oh, definitely.Interview. ：Mm.Jodie: Many.Interviewer: What, what do you do with your friends?Jodie: Um, well, I like to go to concerts. I’m in three music groups, so I have lots of rehearsals during the week for that. Um, just do, you know, some fun things, on the weekend.V/O （画外音）We asked the Harvard students if they use the Internet.Ashley: Um, I, I use it a fairly good amount. Um, our library system is online, so I use that a lot.And a lot of my classes, you know, have to do research papers. You can find a lot of information on there, so.Interviewer: So how often do you use it, a week, a day?Ashley: Um, I use it probably on more of a weekly basis. Maybe three or four times a week. Brian: Oh yes, definitely. We live through the Internet actually. Well, I do a lot of research through the Internet, follow my stocks on the Internet. Um, well, even though e-mail isnot officially Internet, we, that’s how we communicate a lot at college, so, through thee-mail.John: Um, I use the internet mostly for, er, I’d say, sort of leisure purposes. I mean, I play, um, I use it for a lot of, I don’t, we don’t have TV in my room, so I use it, uh, uh, go to the CNN website, keep up on current events, things like that. Uh, I also, uh, you know, there’s some little games to play over the Internet. Um, just um, I go to to see what’s happening, follow the Boston Red Sox, things like that. Um, I think a lot of courses use it to post things, but I, I don’t usually use it that much for research, or things. I tend to use the libraries for such things, so.Listening inPassage 1Voice-overHi, I’m Nick Carter, and this is SUR, your university radio station. This morning we went around campus to ask freshers –now half-way through their first year –the question, “How are you finding uni?” Here are some of the answers we got.Speaker 1It’s cool. It’s everything I hoped it would be. I’m very ambitious, I want to be a journalist and I want to g et to the top of the profession. I’ve started writing for the university newspaper so I’ve got my foot on the ladder already.Speaker 2I’m working hard and the teaching is as good as I expected. And I’ve made some good friends. But I’m very homesick. I’m Nigerian and my family’s so far away. I went home at Christmas for a month –that really helped, but man, I miss my family so much.Speaker 3“How am I finding uni?” It’s great. It’s not perfect, nothing is, but, like, I’ve got a brilliant social life, just brilliant, and I’ve made lots of friends. For the first few months I just didn’t do, really enough work. But I –I talked about it with my parents and I’m working harder now and gettinggood grades.Speaker 4Actually, I’ve been quite lonely to be honest. I’m a bit shy … everyone else seemed to find it so easy to make friends straight away. But things have been better recently –yeah, they have. I’ve joined a couple of clubs and like, it really helps to get to know people when you have shared interests. So, yeah –I’m feeling a lot happier now.Speaker 5Uni’s great, I love it. My only problem –and it’s quite a big problem – is money. My parents are both unemployed so, you know, they can’t help me financially. My grant just isn’t –it’s just not e nough for me to live on, so I’ve taken a part-time job as a waitress – a lot of people I know, like a lot, have had to do the same. I don’t want to have huge debts at the end.Speaker 6I love my subject, History, and I’m, I’m getting fantastic teaching here. I want to be a university lecturer and that means I have to get a first. I have a good social life but work definitely comes first for me.Passage 2Oxford and Cambridge – two universities so similar that they are often spoken of together as “Ox bridge”. They’re both in the UK, fairly near London, and both regularly come top in any ranking of the world’s best universities.The two universities began within a century of each other. Oxford University, now 900 years old, was founded towards the end of the 11th century. In 1209 there was a dispute between the university and the townspeople of Oxford. As a result, some of the Oxford teachers left and founded a university in the town of Cambridge, some 84 miles away. Ever since then, the two institutions have been very competitive.Unlike most modern universities, both Oxford and Cambridge consist of a large number of colleges. Oxford has 39 and Cambridge 31. Many of these colleges have old and very beautiful architecture, and large numbers of tourists visit them.In all UK universities, you need good grades in the national exams taken at 18. But to get into Oxford and Cambridge, it’s not enough to get A grades in your exams. You also have to go for a long interview. In these interviews, students need to show that they are creative and capable of original thinking.Through the centuries, both universities have made huge contributions to British cultural life. They have produced great writers, world leaders and politicians. Cambridge, in particular, has produced scientists whose discoveries and inventions have changed our lives.Among the great university institutions is the world’s most famous debating society, the Oxford Union, where undergraduates get a chance to practise speaking in public. Cambridg e’s comedy clubFootlights has produced many first-class comedians, while some of the UK’s most famous actors and actresses began their careers at The Oxford University Dramatic Society, known as OUDS. Then there’s the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race, whic h takes place every year in March or April, and is watched on television all over the UK.So with all this excellence in so many fields, it’s not surprising that the ambition of clever students all over the world is to attend either one of these great universities.Unit 2 Mixed feelingsInside viewConversation 1Kate ：Come in. Hey, Janet.Janet ：Hi Kate, are you busy?Kate ：Yes, I’m just doing an essay. But it’s great to see you. So what’s new?Janet ：Well, nothing much.Kate ：You look a bit fed up. What’s bugging you?Janet ：Well, I had a phone call from my parents and it made me feel homesick. It happens every time they call, and it gets me down.Kate ：I’m sorry to hear that. I know how you feel. I love speaking to my mum and dad, but I always feel miserable after the call.Janet ：My dad doesn’t say much, and I want to speak to him, but I wish I knew what to say. Kate ：Don’t let it get to you. My dad doesn’t say much on the phone either. I call, he answers the phone, and says, “Hi, I’ll pass you to your mother.” It’s really irritating.Janet ：But I miss him and my mother a lot, and I like to hear his voice.Kate ：Just tell him what you’re up to.Janet ：Sometimes I feel as if I made a mistake leaving home and coming to Oxford.Sometimes I feel like a moody teenager.Kate ：Try not to worry about it, Janet. It’s normal to feel like that. I understand how you feel, butI bet everything will be fine next term. You’ll get used to it. Hey, why don’t you do what Ido?Janet ：What’s that?Kate ：When my dad calls, I ask him for more money! He usually says no, but at least I get to hear his voice!Janet ：Maybe. I’m sorry to take up your time, Kate, but I must go now. Bye!Kate ：Wait a minute …!Conversation 2Kate ：I think I may have upset Janet last night.Mark : What happened?Kate ：She came to see me. I was busy doing an essay but I was r eally pleased to see her. She’d had a call from home, and said she was feeling homesick.Mark : Poor kid! It must be tough on you guys, living so far away from home.Kate ：I tried to make her laugh, told her not to worry about it, and that it was normal to feel miserable. Suddenly she looked miserable, and then she got up and said, “I must go now”and left my room. It was really sudden. I felt as if I’d said something wrong.Mark ：Maybe she was just being polite. It was probably because she realized you were workingand didn’t want to disturb you.Kate ：I just wonder if she found it difficult to talk about her feelings with me. Maybe I shouldn’t have tried to make her laugh? Perhaps she thought I wasn’t taking her s eriously.Mark ：I wouldn’t worry about it. Put yourself in her shoes. How would you feel if you were a student at college in China?Kate ：I know. That’s why I feel bad. If only she had stayed longer! I wish I could have helped her more.Janet ：Hey, everyone!Mark ：Hi Janet, you look cheerful!Janet ：Yes, I’ve just got my essay back. I got an alpha minus!Kate ：What an amazing grade! Well done.Mark ：I’m really happy for you, Janet.Janet ：I feel on top of the world!Outside viewSebastienHi. I’m Sebastien. I’m from Germany. Um, the idea of IQ of a measure of your brain power has been around for a while, but recently there’s been this new idea of the EQ – your emotional quotient. And by now, it’s actually almost being regarded as more important.If you look at it, businesses will ... Well, they will prefer employing people with great EQ. Well, of course, IQ cannot be disregarded, but um, EQ does have its importance as well. Uh, I believe that, um, (I)mean, people, most people will have, um, their basic means of communicating with other people. Most people are somewhat socially adept, and just like most people have, you know, a basic general knowledge. But then, what I think really is the difference betweenIQ and EQ, I mean, you can have a “brainiac”, and they will be great at most things they do, but if you just can’t get along with him, if you just can’t communicate with him, I mean, you know, he’s not really that useful.KimHi. This is Kim. I’m originally from Korea, and I was raised in Cali fornia. And today, we are going to talk about the differences between IQ and EQ –IQ meaning your intelligence, EQ meaning your emotions. Now, in … When I was, when I was a little, little boy in Korea, I had to take … I think I’d taken like two or three IQ tests before the age of ten, which is when I moved to California. So, I guess we stress a lot of importance on intelligence, on having great IQ scores. But after I moved to the States, I learnt how to associate with people, and along the lines that this word EQ came up, you know, emotional, caring about … It’s basically how you deal with people, how you make people feel, and how people make you feel. I think they’re equally as, as important, but it seems that in the Eastern world they kind of stress on that a lot more back in the days. But I think again, you know, now that with Internet and people are communicating so much faster, there’s a better mixture of the two I think. There’s a stress on EQ in Korea as well, and a stress on IQ in the States. Thank you.TedHello. My name is Ted, and I’m from the United States of America. Today, I’m going to talk a little bit about IQ or EQ – which is most important, or which is more important. Now, for a long time when I was growing up, people said, “IQ. What’s your IQ? Take an IQ test.” But then EQ, your emotions, how you interact with people, that became very important. And I think they’re … that people might be onto something with that, because your EQ – how you deal with people, how you interact with people – is important. Now, a big part of this, in my opinion, is listening. I know I’m talking a lot right now, but if you want to get along well with people, you have to listen to them, so just take a minute, maybe shut your mouth for a minute, and listen to others, and then you can understand and communicate with them in a better way. So, part of EQ, I think, is listening – listening to others – and it can be more important than IQ.Listening inPassage 1Presenter: We’re fortunate to have as our guest today Dr Jenna Hudson, who has just written a book about how colours affect us in our surroundings, especially in the world of advertising. It’s called Market Colours. Dr Hudson, which are the most common colours in advertising and marketing?Dr Hudson :Well, of course, it depends what image the marketing team wish to project with their products. So for example, we often think of blue as a cold colour, but it also makes you feel peaceful, quiet, and it doesn’t suggest strong emotions. So it’s a favourite for ban ks and insurance companies, who wish to suggest the image that they are trustworthy. And for selling products, it’s often used to suggest something is pure and fresh.Presenter: What about red?Dr Hudson: You can sell almost anything with red. It’s a hot colour, which suggests a feeling of energy and even passion. It grabs your attention, and can make people buy almost anything. You often see red on magazine covers. But if you use it too much, it looks cheap and may make people tired. And orange has a sim ilar effect to red, it’s upbeat and happy, it suggests pleasant feelings and images. Most people react well to orange, and it’s especially popular in advertising and on packaging for baked food.Presenter: What about yellow, for instance?Dr Hudson: Yell ow is the colour of sunshine and it’s a positive, happy colour, so it’s used a lot in advertising. But it’s also often used for warning signs, direction signs, and so on, where you have to read the message quickly and at a distance.Presenter: What about less popular colours for advertising?Dr Hudson: Surprisingly, green isn’t used much in advertising except for garden products. It’s friendly and restful. It can be cool and soothing, the colour of apples and mint, but it can also be quite strong and many people associate it with unpleasant ideas of decay or slimy creatures. But most colours are not primary colours, they’re a combination. Absolutely. So yellow-orange is common, and often used to give animpression of style and class, it looks like gold. But it’s not often used in letters because it’s not very strong. And yellow-green reminds people of feeling sick. Blue-green works well as a cool colour, suggesting freshness, and is sometimes used for toothpaste products, bathroom products, food and household cleaning products. It has many of the advantages of blue without the disadvantages of green.Presenter: Fascinating！Thank you very much, Dr Hudson. Market Colours by Dr Jenna Hudson is on sale from next week, priced ￡15.99 …Passage 2Presenter ：What makes you embarrassed, Sally?Sally ：Oh, I’m easily embarrassed. If anybody notices me or looks at me, I get very emb arrassed.When people sing me Happy Birthday on my birthday, I get very embarrassed. Presenter ：And what makes you upset?Sally ：When people are selfish, people who think only of themselves. And cruelty –I can’t bear people who are cruel, especially to animals or children.Presenter ：Jake, what makes you depressed?Jake ：I hate it when it rains, and I don’t like people who look down on me, who think they’re superior to me without any reason.Presenter ：And what makes you angry?Jake ：When people don’t behave properly in public, bad behaviour like dropping litter or people pushing each other on the bus or the train.Presenter ：Andrew, what makes you cheerful?Andrew ：I like to see everyone around me being happy and having a positive attitude towards the future, optimistic people.Presenter ：And what makes you jealous?Andrew ：Well, to be honest, I just never feel jealous. I can’t see the point of it.Presenter ：Monica, what makes you proud?Monica ：I’m proud when I’m successful, especially in my work. Being recognized by my boss for what I can do makes me feel really proud. Oh, and my family. I’m very proud ofthem.Presenter ：And what makes you nervous?Monica ：Every time I teach a new class. The night before I’m very nervous. You don’t know wh at the kids are going to be like and how they might behave, or if they’re going tolike you.Presenter ：Anything else?Monica ：Doing interviews like this.Unit 3 Crime watchInside viewConversation 1Kate ：So, what did you think of the movie?Mark ：It was good but I thought it was too long.Kate ：Yes, me too.Kate ：Hey, where’s my bike? I don’t believe it! It’s gone!Mark ：It was next to mine, you chained it up!Kate ：Someone’s stolen it! Oh, how could they!Mark: Oh, Kate!Kate ：How could someone have done this! The creep!Mark ：It’s a really mean thing to do, steal a bike.Kate ：It was a mountain bike and it cost a fortune –I don’t have the money to buy another one. Mark ：Listen, I’ll go down the street and see if I can see anyone with it. Why don’t you go into that shop and see if they’ve seen anything suspicious? I’ll be back in a minute.Kate ：OK.…Kate ：Well?Mark ：No luck. What did they say in the shop?Kate ：I asked the shopkeeper if she’d seen anything –Mark ：And?Kate ：She said she hadn’t. I guess it was a long shot. She advised me to report it to the police.But according to her, bikes get stolen all the time around here.Mark ：Listen, let’s get back so you can report it.Kate ：I’ve got no bike. I’m just so upset!Mark ：It’s not far to college. Come on!Conversation 2Mark ：So did you ring the police?Kate ：Yes. I went to the police station to report it.Mark ：What did they say?Kate ：No one’s found it. This woman said that Oxford has the fifth highest rate of bike theft in the country!Mark ：You’re joking!Kate ：That’s what she said.Mark ：What else did she say?Kate ：She told me that sometimes you do get bikes back – the thieves use them and then abandon them, apparently, and then people find them and report them.Mark ：So you might get it back.Kate ：I hope so, Mark, I really do. It’s just too much you know? But … um … what else? She told me to go to this sale they have of abandoned bikes. She thinks I might find it there.But it’s only every two months, I can’t wait till then! Honestly, Mark, I’m really furious! Mark ：You can always buy a cheap bike on eBay.Kate ：Hello … Speaking … You found it! Where was it? Is it …? Oh, that’s fantastic news!There was a lamp and a basket on it … Right … OK, thank you, I’ll be in tomorrowmorning to pick it up. Unbelievable! This guy found it!Mark ：Brilliant! Was that the police?Kate ：Yes. What they said was, someone dumped it outside this guy’s backyard.Mark ：That’s so strange!Kate ：The lamp’s been stolen and the basket.Mark ：Forget about it! You’re lucky to get it back!Outside viewPart 1Presenter: Dodgy deals aren’t the only problems associated with doorstep sellers. Your door step presents these unannounced visitors with a real opportunity to undertake distraction burglary where they often pose as bogus officials to gain access to your home.I’m joined now by Ian Holt, from Thames Valley Police. Ian, just outline for me what does distraction burglary actually entail?Ian Holt: Well basically wh at happens is, somebody uses a story to get inside somebody’s house and then they steal items, usually cash or small items of jewellery.Presenter: And what are the different techniques that are commonly used?Ian Holt: Well basically the er … the people that commit this crime move from area to area, er … they will look at an area, they will try and pick a particular target and they can find that by looking at property, it may beer, an uncut garden, it may be repairs that need doing to the property. Somet hing that indicates that there’s, there’s a vulnerable person in there. It … usually, it’s an elderly person that lives there.Presenter: Is this quite a common problem now?Ian Holt: It is becoming more common. To get it in perspective, of the 14,000 burglaries that were in Thames Valley last year, we had reported 800 crimes of distraction burglary. But, it … there’s a slight increase this year over last year’s figures.Presenter: OK, you mentioned some of the victims being elderly. What other people are targeted? Ian Holt: Well, unfortunately, with this type of offence, it is the vulnerable in society and the elderly. The, the national average, if there’s such a thing as a, a victim for this type of crime, is a white female aged 81 years.Part 2Presenter: And what about things that people can do to prevent it happening, basically?Ian Holt: Well the things they can do are very, very simple. The difficulty comes, is that some of these people, er … it’s very difficult for them to remember what to do. But the three things we, we always say is: stop, chain and check. And that’s stop before you open the door to make sure who’s on the other side. Always apply a chain. If you haven’t got a chain, fit a chain to the door, or a door bar if you’ve got diffic ulty in handling a chain with arthritic fingers.But also when you answer the door, check the identity of the person there. Generally the offenders say they are from the Water Board or from utilities. They may say they’re from a charity or even from local authority. But generally, a utility will be in uniform.Ask for their identification. A genuine person will not mind you doing that and will wait until you can check them out. If you do need to check them, phone the number on, on your last bill. What won’t happen is that if it is a bogus caller, they will become unnerved by this reaction and they will leave.Presenter: OK and there’s also a couple of gadgets new on the market that also can help as well.Just talk us through that.Ian Holt:Certainly, yes. The … a spy er … viewer is fairly standard. But for elderly who may have poor eyesight there’s a spyscope which actually makes it a lot easier for them to see who’s outside. As I mentioned before about the door bar, again, it can be easier to apply than the chain. Very reasonable priced er, and something that is fairly new … as I mentioned before it’s verydifficult for some of these people to remember what they have to do when they go to the door and that’s why they become victims. And this item is calle d a Memo Minder and actually you can record a message on there and it’s nice to have a grand-daughter or somebody to record a message, but every time the person approaches the door it reminds them with a voice to say “Putyour chain on.”Listening inPassage 1Patrick ：I read a funny story today in the paper – true story.Steve：Go on, then.Patrick ：OK. This 72-year old guy stole a pair of trousers from a department store in Paris. A security man saw him and alerted the police and they were waiting for him when hecame out of the shop. The shoplifter started running, but the policeman soon caughtup with him. The man then bit the policeman on his arm several times.Steve ：He bit the policeman?Patrick：Yes – you have to remember, he was 72.Steve ：I’d forgotten that.Patrick ：Problem was, it didn’t hurt the policeman at all, ’cause the guy had forgotten to put his false teeth in before he left home.Steve ：Very funny!Patrick ：And the moral of the story is –Steve：Always remember to wear your false teeth if you’re going to bite someone.Patrick ：That’s good. I read a funny crime story the other day. Let’s see … yeah … this guy … this guy robbed a supermarket somewhere in America –I can’t remember where exactly – anyway, he got away with about 4,000 dollars. The next week the local newspaper reported the story but said he’d stolen 6,000 dollars. The thief rang the newspaper office to complain. He said, “Look, I only took 4,000 dollars. I’m wondering if the supermarket manager took another 2,000 and said I’d taken it. I did not take 6,000, I promise you.”Steve ：He was probably telling the truth.Patrick ：He probably was. Anyway, the newspaper managed to keep the guy talking while they rang the police. And the police traced the call – the guy was ringing from a phonebooth – and they arrested him while he was still talking to the newspaper.Steve ：That’s good. Stupid guy! I’ve got another true story … This – this – old guy was in court for some crime – and he fell asleep. His case began and his lawyer stood up and said,“My client pleads not guilty.” The man suddenly woke up, but wasn’t sure what washappening. He jumped up and shouted, “I plead guilty! I plead guilty!”Patrick：So what happened?Steve ：The judge allowed him to plead not guilty.Patrick ：That’s the best, I think.Passage 2Presenter ：You’r e listening to Kevin Fallon and my topic for today is street crime. Being mugged is something that can happen to anyone –and it’s a very frighteningexperience. So it’s positive when you hear of someone who was attacked by a。

全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文

[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafood for the next week or so.。

全新版大学英语听说教程2test-2听力原文

大学英语（第二版）听说教程听力原文Test 1Part AYou are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each Directions:Directions: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1. M: You like music, don’t you, Sally?W: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music. I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean?2. W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one? I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: How do you like the pie you’ve had?M: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean?4. W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How about getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by the parking lot?Q: Where are the two speakers?5. W: Nice day, isn’t it? Want to join us for a swim?M: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get prepared?Q: What does the woman mean?6. W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some time. How have you been?M: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony?7. W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor Wang?M: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean?8. W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold was goingaway. But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointmentwith the doctor earlier?Q: What does the man mean?Part B: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and DirectionsDirections: Youchoose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going? Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowd? Betty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting intoand out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field. Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9. What do you know about the two speakers?10. What are the two speakers talking about?11. Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV?12. What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safety tips with us. OK, Tom,they’re all yours.Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’m a firefighter at Station 11. Well, we live in California. As we know there are a lot of earthquakeshere. Many are small. But, if there’s a strong earthquake, what should we do?Does anyone know?Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table. Tom: That’s right. What else?Boy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break. Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then? What should you do?Boy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why not?Boy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake.But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13. What is the speaker talking about?14. Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’s a strongearthquake?15. What are the students advised to do after an earthquake?Part CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common? The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latest classroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors in African can get up-to-the-second information on medical research around the world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information.Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensive？Not really – a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as lowas$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying in Korea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’ performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some countries video games are fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. These video games are causing children to waste their money on them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place in licensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between ＄250 and ＄1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into these centers. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them are schoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some play for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of their homes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that must be asked is: Have they any education value？Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July 1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same time she became interested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that women could be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all by herself and to breakthe previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing much hardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flight of 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. In later years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy joined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft from factories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end to the life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shopping customs the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OK to bargain can save you a lot of money and make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargaining guide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game of skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather, business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lower rate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the food markets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home with them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each Directions:will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1. M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoon?W: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do?2. M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance?3. M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, Bill?W: A warm day? Haven’t you listened to the weather forecast?Q: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow?4. M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’d go to the schoolcanteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it? It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean?5. M: Would you like to try some banana pie? It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean?6. M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money onit.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree?7. M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thanking youfor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup first?Q: Where does the conversation take place?8. M: You know I’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it veryuseful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: YouYou’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and Directions:choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you? Are you still feeling very tired all the time?M: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to do?W: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. Andlastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I do?W: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exercise program for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you should do. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9. What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor?10. Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do?11. What do you know about the man?Conversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like music?W: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock music?W: No, it’s too noisy. What about you?M: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last night?M: No, I didn’t. What was on?W: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really? He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At least I suppose so.He’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interview?W: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public? They earn money from the public. So why shouldn’t the public criticize them? They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans.W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12. What do you know about the woman?13. Why are rock stars famous according to the man?14. What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview?15. Which of the following is true of the man?Part CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast. It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions, it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃ in summer, or falls below—10℃ in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they are starting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in the Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoy discussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with the progress in scien ﬁc research. Recently the term "health" has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mind and your rela onship with other people. This new concept of health is closely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is the degree of overall sa sfac on that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shi ed from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this has to do with the length and condi ons of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live un l about the age of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live to the age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advanced countries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in my opinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways. First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewer children and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities. In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most of the environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lot healthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably do not worry us as much as earthquakes, especially in modern times. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday we may be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise. People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost in earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBAseason to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of ten nis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating morethan you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much o il or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take plac e?3. What will they order?Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short p assages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, t emperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down i n note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavyshowers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold d rinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year,apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way.I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？ A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did theweatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecastsays it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short,we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sale s. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgr ound music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect oncustomers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know.I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alre ady. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can onlylisten to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Y our conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, wh o mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great succe ss. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme islove. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that sa y exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues includ e the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearment s are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than fr iends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, e tc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Y ou seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, Ifeel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes.I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while。

全新版大学英语听说教程2-听力原文及答案

unit1Michael Jordan is the greatest basketballplayer of all time. He was born on Feb. 1) 17, 2)1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 3) 1.98meters tall and weighs 4) 216 pounds. Jordan joinedthe Chicago Bulls team for the 5) 1984season. In the 6) 1986 season he shot 7) 3041 points, the 8)third highest score ever. He was named NBASlam Dunk Champion (扣篮冠军) in 9) 1987 andwon the Most Valuable Player Award in 10)1988, an honor repeated 11) four times in the next 12)ten years to 13) 1998. Jordan guided histeam to win 14) six NBA championships during the 15)1990s, scoring 16) 45 points during the 17)sixth and last game of the 18) 1998 NBA finals. In 19)1999, he was named the greatest NorthAmerican athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career inbaseball. Since his baseball game wasn’tquite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave itup to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, afterplaying for 20) five more years, he once again announcedhis retirement in 21) 1999. But he returnedfor two more NBA games in 22) 2001 as a member ofthe Washington Wizards.Part BPre-listening T askExercise 1 d bExercise 2Listen again and write down answers to thefollowing questions.1. Why is Laura so keen on sports?Because she wants to enjoy good health. Shealso wants to stay in shape and look good.2. What sports do Peter and Laura go infor?Both Peter and Laura like cycling andswimming. Laura also plays tennis regularly. Part cd c d c bunit 2Part A1. Yes2.No3.Yes4.No5.Yes6.No7.No8.NoPart BTextExercise 1:1. ...for a while2. ...plans for this Saturday3. ...dinner...weekend4. ...Italian...too much food5. ...Chinese...JapaneseExercise 2:1. It uses natural flavors, not much oil or creamor heavy sauces.2. They will have dinner on Saturday either at aChinese or a Japanese restaurant.Part CExercise: 1. B 2.C 3.DPart D (Refer to TextBook)unit 3part a1. a. General weather conditions for today:Fine and pleasant.b. Temperature:High: 18 °C (64 °F)c. Weather outlook:Mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving infrom the west.2. a. When did the storm start and how longdid it last?It started around 8 p.m. and lasted forabout three hours.b. How damaging was the storm?It caused four deaths and serious damageincluding a widespread power failure.part b1 . b a d2. Listen to the conversation again. Thenwrite down answers to the following questions.1. What happened to Alan and Michelle lastyear?They went to the department picnic buttheir fun was spoiled by the hot weather.2. Why won’t Alan worry even if it rains?Because he thinks it’ll only be a shortshower that cools things o ff a little. part ca b c d bunit 4part a1. However; a2. Because; d3. Firstly, then, finally; c4. In short; bpart bExercise 1Listen tothe passage. As you listen, read the signal words in yourbook andput a tic k (√) in the brackets after the ones you have heard.1. for instance ( )2. but (√)3. in addition ( )4. first (√)5. very soon (√)6. in consequence ( )7. despite ( ) 8. on the contrary ( )9. admittedly ( ) 10. to begin with (√)11. firstly ( ) 12. how ever (√)13. because (√) 14. on one hand ( )15. on the other hand ( ) 16. yet (√)1017. so (√) 18. hopefully ( )Exercise2 b d c apart cListen tothe passage three times and supply the missing information. Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 childrenin a working-classfamily in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, whoboth loved music, 1) encouraged her to develop her musical 2)talent. At 12, Celine had 3) composed the song “It Was Only a Dream”.Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that songand sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popularFrench singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, whobecame her first 4) conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine’s rise from a teenage singer to apop superstar has been5) steady, but not without difficulties.Record companies were atfirst less 6) enthusiastic about 7)investing in a teenager than Angelil, 16who mortgaged his own home to pay for herfirst album. But her first two albums won a great success. Andby 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold recordin France.In 1990, Celine made her first Englishlanguage record withUnison but 8) her real breakthrough inAmerica came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme songof Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and wonboth a Grammy and an Academy award. 9) In 1996 she performed atthe opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her namebecame synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion’s favorite theme is love.10)She sings the depthand the power of love in a great many ofher hits such as “Love Can Move Mountains”, “Because You Loved Me”,“The Power of Love”and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, “My Heart Will GoOn”.unit 5part ac dpart b1. d d c d2. 1. What are the patient’s complaints?She has suffered from insomnia for severalmonths and latelyhas had a lot of indigestion.2. What did the doctor do?12He gave the patient some medicine forinsomnia and indigestion. He also advised the patient tohave a proper dietand begin a regular exercise program.part cd b b a dunit6Part A1. What is the probable relationshipbetween the speakers? They are probably business partners.2. What are they doing?One is showing the other the building whereher company has offices.3. On which floors are the offices of thecompany?2Accounting Office 2nd floorPersonnel Department 8th floorManager’s Office 9th floorSales Office 1st floorListen tothe passage and fill in the missing information.part b1. 1. What are the speakers doing?They are discussing which candidate is moresuitable for a vacant position in the company.2. What position is vacant in this company?Leader of a small group.3. What is the most important quality thisposition requires, according to Joan?Being dynamic.4. Why won’t John Jeffrey be promoted?Because he has no experience in leadership.5. Why couldn’t the company give John achance? Because he has always been a follower, nota leader.2.无part cccadcunit 7plete the following summary.A man is at a store. He wants to buy amedium-sized whiteT-shirt with a slogan on the front. He ishelped by a shop assistant in getting what he wants.part bb c d2. 1. A recent study using elementarystudents was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Kleindesigns were more handsome and successful than thosewearing Wranglers. Levi’s-wearers were seen as sporty,fashionable and fun！122. Clothes that look great on professionalmodels may look terrible on average buyers.3. Expensive clothes can make the wearerfeel like part of thehigh status group that sets taste andstyle. So you are buyingan image of success.4. When you dress in expensive clothes, yourmood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another daywith energy.5. Of course, a lot of people don’t likehigh fashion. They’d rather spend their money on somethingpractical. Whichwould you prefer — the image or thereality?part cVera Wang has become a 1) significantfigure in theAmerican fashion industry in a 2)relatively short period of time. She has no formal design training becauseher father wouldn’t let her go to art school and wanted her to3) concentrate on more “practical subjects”. After earning adegree in 4) liberal arts, Vera worked as an 5) editor at Vogue for 17 years and asa design director of Ralph Lauren for twoyears. In 1990 she opened her first boutique on Madison Avenuein New York, in a less expensive line of 6) ready-to-wearbridal and eveningdresses. She chose bridal wear for shewanted to build a fashion company starting with one market and then7) expand into others. She became a household name in 1994when she designed stylish costumes for figure skaterNancy Kerrigan to wear in the Winter Olympics.8) Vera Wang herself is a very good skaterand she hadOlympic dreams too. But that dream wascrushed when she did not win at the National Figure SkatingChampionships in 1968. 9) However her love for the sport never ceased.“I wanted to make an artistic contribution to thesport,” she said. 10) “I don’t know if designing costumes for Nancy hasbeen good in terms20of actual sales, but it has been tremendousfor name recognition.”unit 8part a1. Don’t expect money to buy you happiness.2. Enjoy the moment.3. Learn to like yourself.4. Self-esteem grows out of achievingrealistic goals.5. T ake occasional days of rest.6. Put on a happy face —even if you don’tfeel happy.7. Exercise.8. Get enough sleep to feel rested.9. Build close relationships.part b1.b d d b c d2. Every day, millions of Americans buylottery tickets and dream of winning the lottery. If you winone million dollars, you can receive from 25,000 to 40,000 a yearfor twenty yearsafter paying taxes. Winners spend the largeamount of money in different ways. Some use the money topursue their owninterests, some on home improvement andtravel, and others save the money for their children’s collegeeducation. Most winners quit their jobs and only a smallnumber of them still stay on their jobs. Some winners realizethat money brings security and gives them opportunities, butmoney does not mean happiness.part cc d d dunit 9parta1. bcdpart b1. cba1. What helped Larry to carry on with lifewhen his dream was dashed again and again?His belief that one day he would become amovie star.2. What job did Larry find in order tosupport himself?Parking cars for one of Hollywood’s bigrestaurants.3. Was Larry well-paid and how did hemanage tomake a living?No, his pay was only basic. But he gotgenerous tips from guests driving into the restaurant.4. What happened one day that changedLarry\'s life?Larry parked the car of a famous filmdirector and was able to introduce himself to the man.135. Larry said: “A lot of big companies areafter me.” What can be the two meanings of this statement?a. Many big film companies are interestedin me.2. b. Many big companies are pressing me to pay their bills part cb d b aunit 101.Type of disaster 1) Earthquake Time 2) Three days agoPlace 3) TurkeyNumber of people killed 4) 10,000 Number of people injured 5) 34,000 2.2Type of disaster 1) ExplosionTime 2) Early this morningPlace ShijiazhuangNumber of people killed 3) 108 Number of people injured 4) 38 Number of people severely injured5) 11Cause Unknownpart b Exercise 1Listen tothe passage and complete the following chart with the missinginformation.Type of disaster Plane crashTime 1) Three months agoPlace 2) In the middle of a jungleCause 3) A terrible stormNumber of people killed 4) All on board theplane exceptthe narratorNumber of people injured 5) One (thenarrator)Exercise 21. What happened to the plane before itcrashed?It rolled and shook in the wind.112. Did the rescue team arrive immediatelyafter the crash? Why or why not?No. It arrived nine days later because itwas raining heavily and the helicopters couldn’t fly in theheavy rain. To make thematter worse, the plane crashed in a swampin the middle of a jungle.3. Was the narrator seriously injured?Yes. She was in terrible pain and couldn’tmove.4. How did she manage to stay alive?By drinking dirty floodwater.part cc d a bunit 11part a1. What is the spea ker’s attitude towardsNapoleon? Neutral. (The speaker mainly gives afactual account of Napoleon’s life even though he holds thatNapoleon waged wars against many countries.)2. What is the speaker’s attitude towardsTom Cruise? Positive. (“World renowned actor”, “almosteveryone respects him” and “international star” show thespeaker’s attitude.)3. What is the speaker’s attitude towardsWarren Edward Buffett?Positive, respectful. (In “regarded as oneof the world’s greatest stock market investors”, thechoice of the word “great” indicates the speaker’s attitude.)part b1. abdcaAlan GreenspanFather A 1) stockbrokerMother Worked in 2) retailingBorn on 3) March 6, 1926ParentsandChildhoodGrew up in 4) New YorkIn themid-1940sStudied at a 5) music school inNew York, graduated with adegree in 6) economics fromNew York University’s School of7) CommerceIn 1949 Got a 8) master’s degree at NYU EducationIn 1977 Earned a 9) PhD from NYU After leavingColumbiaUniversityWorked for the National 10)Industrial Conference BoardIn themid-1950sOpened an 11) economicconsulting companyWorkingExperienceIn 1987 Began to work in the 12) Federal142. Governmentpart cOn June 28, 2008, amid cheers and tears52-year-old Gates said good-bye to his 1) Microsoftemployees.The following is his closing remarks duringhis 2) farewell event in Redmond:“My life’s work really is about 3) softwareand workingwith incredible people. I love working withsmart people. I love working with Steve. I love working with allthe incredible people here. Even the times that were the4) toughest, in some ways those are the ones that bond you themost — when IBM decides to attack you, or when some 5)legal ruling isn’t quiteright. And you have to do a press conferenceafterwards.“Th e work here combines two things that Ithink are just so special. One is the 6) long-term impact —the impact on the world of what we do — is incredible. We canalways go out and see things that remind us of that. Seeblind people who, using our accessibility, can browse the Internet.You know, their lives are just totally different because of that.So we can say, wow,this is so 7) impactful.“But I think the second thing, 8) which isthat theday-to-day work is fun and enjoyable, that’sactually what’s made it so easy to want to work hard, towant to always improve things, to face up to whatever it is thatneeds to be done better. 9) 22So it’s a special group of people who putso much into it.“So let me just close by saying you’ve madeit so much for me. 10) There w on’t be a day of my lifethat I’m not thinking about Microsoft, and the great things thatit’s doing, and wantingto help. So thank you for making it thecenter of my life, and so much fun. Thank you.”unit 121. The main idea of the passage:Establishing computer labs for the schools in China’s poor rural areas.2. The main idea of the passage: China iscooperating with India in training software professionals.3. The main idea of the massage: Thecomputer virus, Code Red II, is about to attack again.part b1. bbdbca2,Listenagain and complete the following sentences with the informationyou’ve got from the recording. Then number the sentencesfrom 1 to 5 to put them in the right order.4 An emergency call reached an ambulancecrew where the student lived.2 Nathen learned that the message came froma student far away who had trouble breathing and moving.5 Nathen received the student’s thanks soonafter the rescuers came to her help. She was finally safe.1 Nathen was surfing the Net for fun whenhe received an15urgent message for help.3 After learning about her home address,Nathen rang up the international operator and asked theoperator to put a call2. through to thestudent’s country.partccbbaunit 131. ( f )2. ( e )3. ( d )part b1. acdabProfessor Sabbatucci’s Noble ActTime: last SaturdayPlace: ItalyPeople: a 58-year-old maths professor and a 35-year-old unemployed fatherWhat happened: While pretending to help the professor change a tire, a thief stole a suitcas e from thelatter’s car, but in doing so he dropped his lottery ticket at the scene.It was later picked upby the professor. Next day, the professorlearned from TV thatthe ticket was a winner. To return or keepthe prize troubled the professor’s conscience but in the end hedecided to return the money to its owner. By advertising innewspapers and on radio,he found the very man, though there werehundreds of people13trying to trick him into giving them thecash. Thus 60 million lire were handed over to the ow ner. This wasquite beyond the thief’s 2. expectation. The Professor’s noble act moved him to tears. part cpart cbdbdunit 14How the Hills Family Won theCopyright to the Song “Happy Birthday to You”Time Event2In 1893 Mildred and Patty Hill, twoAmerican kindergarten teachers, composed the song “Good MorningtoAll” to greet their students every morning.Later The title of the song was known as“Good Morning to You” when it was used for children togreet their teacher.In 1924 The song appeared in a book ofmusic edited by Robert Coleman. And a second verse “HappyBirthday to You” was added to it. Thewriter of thelyrics to the second verse remainedunknown.Bymid-1930sThe song appeared repeatedly in movies, radioshows, and Broadway musicals without thepermission of the Hill family.In 1934 Jessica Hill filed a suit and wonthe copyright tothe song “Happy birthday to You” for hereldersisters. She proved in court that “HappyBirthdayto You” was actually “Good Morning to All”with different lyrics.From thenonEvery time the song was sung publicly, theHillfamily gets paid.part b1. Exercise 11. Why does drive-in grocery shoppingappeal to customers?Because customers don’t need to fight for aparking space, push a grocery cart around in the market,or stand in line at the check-out.2. Who is Dave Burnstein?He is the vice-president for the Phone-InDrive-through Market.3. What are the two proven successful ideasapplied to grocery shopping according to Mr. Burnstein?One is the success of drive-throughconvenience — which has been proven to be successful with banks andfast food; the other is the proven success of catalogshopping.4. Why have they applied the two provensuccessful ideas to grocery shopping?To help customers save time.5. What are the disadvantages of drive-ingrocery shopping? Customers can’t stop and check if the goodsthey have ordered are of good quality or not; and they haveto pay a 1.50 servicecharge on each order.14Exercise 2Drive-in Grocery ShoppingStep1You make up your grocery list from a4,000-item catalog.Step2You phone in the item numbers of the goodsyou order.Step3The computer makes a print-out of your list. Step4Workers in the market find the goods onyour list in a warehouse. Step5Three hours later, you drive up to themarket, andpunch your code into a terminal.Step6You write a check while workers load yourgroceriesinto your car.part cbccd。

《新编英语听力教程2》答案

新编英语听力教程2 Listen & Learn总主编：何其莘脚本和参考答案Unit 1Audio ScriptsSection I:Task 1News reporter:With me here is Surya Pandey from Dingboche, a village near Mount Chomolungma where the tour group disappeared yesterday. Surya, what‟s the weather like there now?Surya:Oh, it‟s awful, absolutely awful. It‟s snowing, freezing cold; it was ten degrees below freezing an hour ago. And the winds are very strong.News reporter:But why didn‟t somebody stop the tour group before they left? Surya:The weather was fine yesterday; just a bit cloudy, that‟s all. But then suddenly, the weather changed. There were storms and everything. The rescue team tried to find them again this morning but the day ended without any news. It‟s terrible, and it looks like they aren‟t…Task 2News anchor:Incredible story this. Tell us more, Marty.Marty:Right, Vanessa. Well, the fire started two days ago in a forest in southern California. There were really strong winds and the fire grew quickly, very, very fast, and moved towards Topanga. There was a real danger of Topangans losing their homes. The police told everybody to leave but they refused.Vanessa:So why didn‟t they leave?Marty:Good question. It was really scary. But the people here have really big hearts and, well, nobody wanted to go without a fight. Nobody. Hundreds of them worked non-stop with the fire fighters. They made lines, passing water from hand to hand, all day and all night, until well, they stopped the fire and saved their homes. Yeah, incredible.Task 3Bess: Hello?Si:Hi, Bess. It‟s Si.Bess:Hi there. Is everything OK?Si:Fine. Look, you know we‟re having a special “Environment Day” on 4th of June? Well,I‟m organizing it and, er, I need your help!Bess:Sure, no problem. How can I help?Si:Right, well, a lot of important scientists are coming to talk about different things —like pollution and recycling and things. We‟ve got Mark Barnard too! He‟s giving a lecture on climate change in the morning.Bess:Wow! That‟s good!Si:Yeah. The problem is—he‟s arriving by train at 8:30. I‟m meeting the other speakers at 8.15 so I can‟t pick him up at the station. Um, could you do that for me? Bess:Of course, I can. No problem.Si: You‟re a star! Look, we‟re having a meal at Zebedee‟s at 12:30. Would you like to come with us?Bess:Zebedee‟s? How can I say no?Si: Thanks a million, Bess! Speak soon. Bye!Section II:Task 1Interviewer: What should people do to make their visit to New York City safe and pleasant?Woman: One important thing to remember is not to try to do too much in a short time. Ideally, you should start planning before you get here. You ought to decide in advance which sights you most want to see.Interviewer: Are there any good tours available?Woman: Oh yes, lots. Several companies offer bus tours that stop at all the major tourist attractions. It‟s a good idea to buy a pass so you can get on and off wherever you like. You should visit our website to find out about the latest tours and special events.Interviewer: I see. And is New York a safe city for visitors?Woman: It‟s safer than many cities in the world. But just like in any big city, you should still be careful. For example, don‟t go off on your own, especially at night. And don‟t be afraid to ask questions. Even American visitors have to ask for help when they come here. You‟ll find that New Yorkers are pretty friendly. They like welcoming visitors to their city and don‟t mind giving directions.Interviewer: One last thing—is it an expensive city to visit?Woman: It can be, but there are plenty of cheap places in the city where you don‟t have to spend a fortune. If you‟re a student, you should bring your student ID card with you. That way, you can get a discount on entrance into museums and galleries. Oh! And never carry much money on you.Interviewer: Is there anything else you‟d like to add?Woman: Yeah, just that most people have a great time when they come to New York. And I‟m sure you will, too!Task 2Man: Do your parents miss you?Frances: Yes, and I miss them. But they really miss me. It‟s harder for them becauseI‟m gone. I‟m busy right now, you know, with all my classes and my college work. They‟re like... they‟re still in the same place, at home, but something‟s missing. I think they miss doing things with me.Man: Right. Of course. It must be hard for them.Frances: Yeah. I‟m looking—I mean, I‟m already looking forward to going home for the holidays. I miss my parents, but I‟m not at all homesick. That‟s different. I think they‟re homesick for me!Man: Uh-huh.Frances: Which makes me sad. I don‟t want them to miss me, but of course they do. But I talk to them every day. We‟re very, very close. I write my dad page-long emails every day.Man: That‟s nice. I bet he likes that.Frances: Yeah, I‟ll always miss them. I‟ll miss them when I‟m sixty!Man: Do you miss anything else?Frances: About home? Simple things like, you know, being able to have twenty-minute showers, and um, not having to do my own laundry.Man: Yeah, right.Frances: And just... my mother—she‟s opening her own antique shop right now, actually, and she and I would…we used to do things like just drive around and suddenly come across an antique shop and then go exploring inside...Man: That sounds like fun!Frances: And my father and I really loved going for car rides, like taking short trips, and sometimes we‟d just drive to Lake City, which is only an hour away, but it‟s beautiful.Man: Uh-huh.Frances: That kind of thing. Little things.Man: Uh-huh.Frances: You know. Playing video games with my brother, or having him beat me at chess, or fighting with him about something—you know, just things like that. I do miss that a lot. I never thought I‟d miss my brother, but I guess I do, a bit.Man: Uh-huh. I know what you mean.Section III:Katie: So get this, today the most annoying thing happened to me, but I feel quite proud of myself because when I was walking to work, this guy happened to be walking in front of me and he dropped a crisp packet that he‟d obviously finished. Dropped it right on the floor in front of everyone and I just sort of looked at him thinking, “Is he going to pick that up?” and he didn‟t. So... I just thought.Emily: Did you notice? Did you actually know that he‟d dropped it?Katie: Yeah, blatantly. Obvious, obviously, you know that‟s what he does all the time just drops his litter on the floor. So anyway I just thought right, I‟m going to bite the bullet here and go and pick it up. So I picked it up and slightly scared wondering ifthis is the right thing to do. Um, but I actually went up to him and showed him the crisp packet and I said um... “You might have dropped something?”And he just looked at me. And I said, “What? Shall I put it in the bin then?” ‟Cause he didn‟t really respond. And I walked over to the litter bin and I put it in the bin and it just, urgh it‟s such a bug hate. I hate people who drop litter.Emily: How old was he?Katie: Oh, in his what, he must have been seventeen? Eighteen? He had no... Vince: What did he do?Emily: (Laughs)Katie: He just looked at me.Emily: He was a student. Clearly.Katie: He just looked at me. But doesn‟t that, doesn‟t that really annoy you? Why? Why do people drop litter?Vince: Some people do... some people they just don‟t care. Like for instance, I was on the tube today I was on the way here...Katie: Yeah?Vince: And, um, I was just waiting. There was, it was quite full, it wasn‟t like really, really packed and I was just standing there you know, and the train was going and this guy got on and he like stood like this close to me like shoulder to shoulder.Emily: Oh, I hate that.Vince: And I was like, you have enough space to stand in front of me or to the side, you don‟t need to...Katie: Right in your face.Vince: I, I almost expected like flowers and...Emily: A kiss?Vince: Some chocolates.Katie and Emily: (Laugh)Vince: ‟Cause it was quite intimate, you know.Katie: I can‟t stand that either.Emily: I hate that, or that thing when you know, when you‟re on the tube or something and somebody has like a massive rucksack on their back and they‟re just completely oblivious. And they just suddenly turn around like a turtle that‟s just been hit...Vince: Yeah.Emily:... And whack you.Vince: Like they‟re in some Godzilla films: Arrgh.Emily: Exactly.Vince: Against all little buildings. Anyway, sorry. Where were we?Emily: No, that does annoy me personally. And like well if they cough as well. You know if they start... If they‟ve got a cold.Vince: Yeah.Emily: And they just don‟t even try and cover their germs.Vince: Yeah, that‟s just the worst. That‟s the worst.Katie: That is the worst.Emily: And I do this, I do this horrible face of like disdain kind of thing and then they give you a dirty look and... and... It‟s a fight and it‟s just...Katie: It‟s terrible. The tube is, is, there are so many little things that annoy so many people on the tube.Emily: Yeah.Katie: Like phones.Emily: Ahh.Katie: When someone gets, plays their music so loudly you just think, do we really need to listen to that. You know, nonsense, that‟s coming out of your... drone. Emily: Or people that read over your shoulder.Katie: People that read over your shoulder?Vince: Yeah.Emily: That bugs me.Katie: Does it?Vince: I‟m a bit of a hypocrite when it comes to that ‟cause I, sometimes I get on the tube and people are reading their magazines and whatever and I don‟t have anything... And I just kind of like...Emily: And you‟re the person that reads my newspaper.Vince: But then at the same time, I don‟t like it when people do it to me.Emily: Or another one is people that don‟t, um, share bills. You know, like restaurant bills.Katie: Urgh.Emily: You know if you go out for a meal and stuff...Katie: Absolutely.Vince: What they don‟t share them at all? Or...Emily: Well, they share it, but only they pay exactly what they‟ve had. You know if there‟s a massive group of you.Katie: Say, if they haven‟t had a starter, or yeah.Vince: Or coffee?Emily: No, exactly. It is, it‟s the coffees. It‟s always the tiny little things that cost about a pound.Key to Listening ComprehensionSection ITask 11.Surya Pandey is a villager from Dingboche, near Mount Chomolungma.2. A tour group disappeared near Mount Chomolungma.3.The weather was fine first and then it changed suddenly and there were storms andeverything.4.Because the weather was fine when the tour group left.5.The rescue team tried in vain to find the tour group.Task 21. F2.T3.T4. F5.TTask 31. c2. a3. a4. bSection IITask 1Step 11.What should people do to make their visit to New York City safe and pleasant?2.The website of travel agencies.3.Most people have a great time when they come to visit New York.Step 21. not to try to do too much; start planning; in advance; most want to see2. bus tours; tourist attractions; buy a pass; get on and off3. still be careful; go off on your own; ask questions; American visitors; pretty friendly; welcoming visitors to; giving directions4. cheap places; spend a fortune; student ID card; a discount; entrance into; much moneyTask 2Step 11. b2. b3. cStep 21.She writes page-long e-mails to her father every day.2.She misses driving around with her mother and exploring antique shops together.3.She misses taking short trips by car with her father.4.She misses doing little things with her brother: playing video games and chess,and even fighting.Section IIIStep 11. b2. a3. b4. bStep 21.bite the bullet; slightly scared; picked it up; the right thing to do; showed him thecrisp packet; have dropped something; put it in the bin; really respond2.like a massive rucksack; completely oblivious; suddenly turn around3. a hypocrite; reading their magazines; don‟t have anythingUnit 2Section I:Task 1Interviewer:So, now you live in Florence. Do you like it here?Beatriz:Well, we haven‟t lived here all the time. We lived in Rome for the first year. And, er, that was very noisy!Interviewer: Yes it‟s such a big, busy capital. Life must be easier in Florence. Beatriz:Oh yes, it‟s lovely. We both love art too, so it‟s a great place to be. Interviewer:Have you had a lot of problems since you‟ve been here?Beatriz:No, we haven‟t. Well, not a lot. But the culture‟s very different to Mexico.Interviewer:Hm. Have you had problems picking up the language?Beatriz:Some. It‟s a very musical language (said in Italian accent for fun!) It‟s easier for me than Danny, because it‟s like Spanish. But we both speak it quite well now!Interviewer:I see, and what about the cost of living?Beatriz:Well, yes. Things are a lot more expensive here than back home. Food, gas—oh, sorry, I think you say petrol, and, you know, housing, clothes... Interviewer:And the good points?Beatriz:Oh, there are so many! Italy‟s a beautiful country, the food is amazing, and the coffee, the ice-cream,... !Interviewer:OK, OK, now you‟re making me jealous! So, you‟ve enjoyedthe experience so far?Beatriz:Of course and we want to stay here as long as possible. We have a house, jobs, um, and our children go to school here. We are Italian now!Task 2Sara: Hi, Al, how are you doing?Al:Good, thanks, Sara. You?Sara:I‟m fine. Hey, I got an email from your brother yesterday. He said he‟s having a great time in Poland.Al:He absolutely loves it. He‟s been there six months on this university exchange and he wants to stay there.Sara:Is that possible?Al:Well, he‟ll ask his university here in Britain and he thinks they might say yes. But it‟s unusual. Most people only stay for six months and then go back to their own country.Sara:It‟s difficult, isn‟t it?Al:Yeah. And the other problem is accommodation. At the moment, he rents a roomfrom the university in Warsaw. But he won‟t be able to stay there. He‟ll have to leave in four or five weeks and then he‟ll need to find somewhere new to live.Sara:Is it easy to find a flat there?Al:He‟s got lots of Polish friends, so he says it won‟t be hard to find a new place. Sara:Have you visited him yet?Al:No, because I‟ve had lots of exams on my course. They‟re over now, at last. Sara:Great. What will you do when the course ends?Al: Well, my brother has invited me to Poland, so I might go and visit him soon. Sara:Sounds good.Task 3Clare: Here you go, Beppe. A coffee and a croissant.Beppe: Thanks, Clare. Let me get this.Clare: I‟ve already paid. Don‟t worry about it.Beppe: Well, I‟ll pay next week then, OK?Clare: Sure. You know, it‟s been great. I really enjoy our language exchange. I don‟t get many opportunities to speak Italian.Beppe: Neither do I. I don‟t know any other Italians here. And I really need to improve my English.Clare: Well, I think your English is a lot better than my Italian.Beppe: No, not at all. Your Italian is great!Clare: But my pronunciation is terrible.Beppe: That‟s not true. I like your accent. It‟s sexy!Clare: Well, so how‟s your job going? Are you enjoying it?Beppe: Yes, but it‟s a lot harder than my last one.Clare: Why‟s that?Beppe: In my last job, I was just talking on the phone. You know, technical stuff, dealing with people‟s computer problems on the phone. People get very angry when their computers don‟t work, and it wasn‟t very nice.Clare: I can imagine.Beppe: But now, I‟m programming. I‟m actually writing computer programs. I earn much more money too, although I am working all the time.Clare: Really? Well, that‟s great! These days, you‟re lucky to have a job. Lots of my friends are looking for work at the moment.Beppe: Yeah, that‟s very true.Clare: So what kind of programming are you doing?Beppe: Ah, OK. I‟m designing a program for a bank.Clare: Oh!Beppe: I know. Not very exciting, but at least my workmates are a lot nicer than at my last job.Clare: That‟s so important. So, you‟re making some Scottish friends?Beppe: Yeah, we go out together after work on Fridays. It‟s great.Clare: Nice! So, Beppe, shall we speak a bit of Italian now?Beppe: Si! Va bene.Section II:Task 1You see, my mother had this ring. It was kind of old. It had been given to her by her mother, my grandmother. It had been in our family for years. Anyway, my mother asked me to take it to the jeweler‟s to get it repaired. She told me to be very careful with it.Later that day, I dropped the ring off at the jeweler‟s and ran off to do the rest of my errands. It was a busy day, and I was feeling really stressed. I went back to the jeweler‟s just before they closed, paid for the ring, and raced home. Everything seemed fine.But when I got home... I mean, I was sure I‟d picked up my mother‟s ring at the jeweler, but then I couldn‟t find it when I got home. I checked all my pockets, but all I found was the receipt. The ring wasn‟t there. I looked everywhere! You can imagine how panicked I felt. Up until then, I had never lost anything important, so I didn‟t know what to do.Just then, the phone rang. It was the jeweler‟s. They were calling to say I had run out of the store in such a hurry that I‟d forgotten to take the ring! They still had the ring at their store. So, the ring wasn‟t lost after all. What a relief!Task 2Host: Welcome to today‟s show! The rules of the game are simple: I will ask a question, and the first contestant to hit the buzzer gets to answer that question. Each correct answer is worth $100. Today‟s topic is “Spain.” Are you ready, contestants? The first question, for $100, is: What currency is used in Spain? [buzzer] Contestant A!Woman 1: The euro.Host: That‟s right, Contestant A. Spain used to use the peseta, but now they use the euro. And now for the next question: How many countries are next to Spain and what are they? [buzzer] Contestant A!Woman 1: Spain is bordered by two countries: France and Portugal.Host: Correct! You‟re doing very well, Contestant A! Maybe our other contestants can catch up on our next question: What is the capital of Spain? [buzzer] Contestant B! Man: The capital is Madrid.Host: You‟re right, Contestant B. The capital is Madrid. Excellent. Let‟s see how you do with our next question: What is one of the most popular sports in Spain? [buzzer] Yes, Contestant C!Woman 2: Um... um... hockey?Host: No, I‟m sorry. Anyone else know the answer? [buzzer] Contestant A!Woman 1: That would be bullfighting.Host: That‟s right. OK. There are only two questions left. Let‟s go, players! Next question: Spain is an agricultural country. What are two of the main crops? [buzzer] Contestant C!Woman 2: Olives and, uh, wheat?Host: Good for you! Olives and wheat are both grown in Spain. We only have one more question left, contestants. May I remind you that the winner of this round will be back here tomorrow for the championship playoff? And now for our last question: What are two of the main industries in Spain? ［buzzer］Contestant B!Man: I think textiles and automobiles are made in Spain.Host: Yes! That‟s correct. Spain manufactures both textiles and automobiles. So, contestants, let‟s look at your scores. Contestant A, you answered question. . .Section III:Paul: So, Andrea, I heard you‟re staying with your in-laws for the holidays. Andrea: Well, yeah, I guess I‟ve got no choice. My flight leaves tomorrow afternoon. How about you, Paul?Paul: Actually, I still live with my parents, so I don‟t have to go anywhere. You know, you don‟t sound very excited about your trip.Andrea: I guess I‟m just a little nervous. The whole time I was growing up, it was just me and my mom and dad. It was quiet around the house—very quiet. But my husband‟s family is huge. I mean, there‟s so many people!Paul: Wow! How many?Andrea: Well, he grew up in an extended family. So there‟s his parents and his grandparents. And his little sister, and his two younger brothers—no wait, three little brothers. All under one roof! So that‟s what, nine total?Paul: Wow. What do they all do?Andrea: Oh, let me think. My sister-in-law, she‟s the youngest, maybe twenty or twenty-one. She‟s a law student here in Chicago. And the oldest brother-in-law is a musician in New York. The other brothers are a lawyer and what, maybe a teacher, I think. We haven‟t been married long, so I don‟t know them that well, you know. But they all seem very nice and friendly. So, how about you? How big is your family? Paul: Well, when I was a kid, our family was a lot like your in-laws‟! It was me, my parents, my older sister and brother—and my grandparents too. But both my grandparents passed away a while ago, unfortunately, so it‟s just the five of us now. Andrea: Are your sister and brother coming in for the holidays?Paul: Yeah, they‟re coming with their families. My sister and her husband live near Boston. They have two little girls. Then my brother and his wife and their three kids will come over as well. My brother‟s a doctor here in Chicago. It‟ll be great! We love getting together.Andrea: So that‟s... How many people is that?Paul: Uh, 12, I think.Andrea: Wow, that‟s even more than my in-laws.Paul: Yeah. The hard part about it is my mom has to cook so much food. Of course, the great thing about having a big family is that there are a lot of people to help her. Key to Listening ComprehensionSection ITask 11.Rome.2.Very noisy.3.Art.4.Very musical.5.It‟s more expensive to live in Florence than in Mexico.6.Beautiful country, amazing food, coffee and ice-cream.7.As long as possible.Task 21.T2. F3. F4.TTask 31. c2. a3. a4. c5. a6. bSection IITask 11.She asked him to take the ring to the jeweler‟s to get it repaired.2.Because the ring was passed on to his mother from his grandmother and had beenin the family for many years.3.He dropped the ring off at the jeweler‟s and came back after completing othererrands to pick it up. He paid for the ring and then rushed back home.4.He could not find the ring in his pockets. All he found was the receipt.5.Because he had never lost anything important and he knew the ring was veryimportant to his mother.6.Because a call came from the jeweler‟s, telling him that he had rushed out of thestore in such a hurry that he had forgotten to take the ring. So the ring was still atthe jeweler‟s.Task 2Section IIITask 11. c2. a3. bTask 21. the youngest; twenty; twenty-one; a law student; a musician; a lawyer; a teacher; very nice and friendly2. a lot like your in-laws‟; my older sister; brother; passed away; the five of us; coming with their families; two little girls; will come over; getting togetherUnit 3Section I:Task 1Mona: So, Dave, when are you off to “The Smiling Alligator Hotel”? That is a wonderful name!Dave: Isn‟t it? I‟m getting the plane tomorrow night. There‟s going to be a Land Rover waiting for me at the airport!Mona:How exciting! What an amazing place to visit for work!Dave:I know. It‟s going to be brilliant! You and I have incredible jobs, don‟t we? Mona:Yeah! I get the south of England and you get South America! Don‟t forget to write the holiday report!Dave:Don‟t worry. I‟m going to write about everything I do.Mona:Hah… We‟ll see …!Dave:I‟ve got it all planned. I‟m going to spend the first day by the pool. I‟m not going to do anything, just swim, sleep and use the sauna. Oh—and write my report in the evening.Mona:Uh-huh. What else are you going to do?Dave:Well. I‟m going to go fishing and go for long walks in the rainforest. And, you know what, I think I‟ll try to use the hotel gym too.Mona: Really? You in the gym! Hah! Well, I can‟t wait to read your report in next month‟s magazine! And think of me back here, getting cold and wet in the rain! Dave:Don‟t worry. I will.Task 2Anna:Do you like going to new places on holiday or going back to places that you know?Bob:That‟s an easy question! We always go somewhere new. It‟s good to see different countries, do different things and meet different people. How about you? Anna:Oh—the same as you. But it isn‟t always easy to choose where to go.Bob:So, how do you choose a new place?Anna:Well, usually, we get ideas from our friends. People talk about their holidays—where they went, what it was like—you know, and sometimes I think “Yeah—I‟d like to go there.”People who know a place can give you ideas about where to stay, where to go, where not to go…Task 3Kathy: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.Brian: Really? What happened?Kathy: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spoke very broken English, and I couldn‟t really understand what they were saying. Finally, they left, and when I looked down, I realized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler‟s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags. Brian: How awful! So what did you do?Kathy: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys—but they were too fast. Then, I did just what I had seen people do on TV: I called my credit card company.Brian: Were they helpful?Kathy: They were lifesavers! They told me to go to a local bank, and in no time at all, they‟d given me new traveler‟s checks and sent me on my way.Section II:Task 1Ali:OK, Felipe, I‟d like to ask you a few questions about your life here in the UK. First of all, where do you live and what do you do?Felipe:Well, normally, I live in south London. But I lost my flat last month, so at the moment I‟m staying in one of the staff rooms here at the Savoy Hotel.Ali:I see...Felipe: And I‟m a receptionist. I greet new guests and take their details, give out keys, things like that.Ali: Ha! My next question was: how long does it take you to get to work? But if you‟re living at the hotel, that‟s not very long, is it?Felipe: No, it isn‟t! It‟s only two minutes from my room to the front desk. It sounds great, but they always ask me to work really early!Ali:Ouch! So what time do you start work in the morning?Felipe:Well, at the moment, around 5 am. I don‟t enjoy that much.Ali:No, I‟m not surprised. So, what‟s your job like?Felipe:It‟s interesting, but it‟s also very tiring,especially when I work nights.Ali: That‟s hard, after a 5 am start. What are the best and worst things about the job for you?Felipe: The long hours aren‟t very nice. But the worst thing is that sometimes the guests can be very, very rude. The richest people can be the rudest, you know! But then, of course, you also meet lots of interesting people, and that‟s one of the best things.Ali:So, I suppose there are lots of celebrities in an exclusive hotel like the Savoy. Do you often see the secret lives of the stars?Felipe:Well, we certainly have famous guests—politicians, royalty, actors, singers. Madonna was here just last week, but I didn‟t meet her, sadly.Ali:And what‟s the hotel doing for the London Film Festival later this month? Who‟s staying with you then?Felipe:Sorry, that‟s top secret! I can‟t tell you. But there are some people I‟d love to interview for my degree course.Task 2Man: Tell me about your job here, Marina. What do you do?Marina: Well, as a salesperson, um, mainly I‟m greeting customers that come into the store, helping them with any questions they might have,...Man: Uh-huh.Marina: And giving them information about the furniture. That‟s what I do here. I like talking to the people, helping them find what they‟re looking for.Man: Now, you said you majored in, uh...?Marina: Advertising.Man: Is that something that you want to get into in the future or...?Marina: Um, possibly, if the right job came along.Man: Advertising‟s pretty good industry, isn‟t it? I mean, right now.Marina: It is. It‟s pretty competitive. But the thing is, where I‟m at right now, it‟d be hard for me to go back and start over in an entry-level position with a different job somewhere else, even if it was in advertising.Man: Yeah.Marina: Because of the pay, mainly. I‟m in a senior position here.Man: Of course. Now, do you do anything in terms of advertising?Marina: Here?Man: Yah. Advertising for the store, publicity... anything like that?Mariana: Yeah. I do, actually. Um... we have two websites that I help with. I do a newsletter for the customers. And I‟ve done magazine and newspaper ads, and some radio ads as well.Man: Really?Marina: Yeah. So, in fact, I‟ve done quite a bit of stuff here. And business is good. It‟s growing all the time.Man: Do you, uh, design the web pages?Marina: I don‟t design them... I just write up all the information that goes up.Man: Catchphrases and stuff like that?Marina: Yeah. I, like, write all the copy...Man: Right.Marina: And then, of course, we take the pictures or have the pictures done, and then, you know, we put the ads together that way.Man: Hmmm. Have you ever thought about working on the side, doing advertising for other companies and stuff? While you‟re working here?。

全新版大学英语(第二版)听力原文

[ti:Unit 1 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.77]Listening Tasks[00:04.21]A Conversation[00:06.03]Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?[00:10.20]Exercise 1[00:12.39]Listen to the conversation[00:15.19]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:19.12]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[00:24.50]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[00:27.48]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[00:29.76]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [00:36.14]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[00:39.32]What's the main reason you work out?[00:41.98]For your health, or to look good?[00:45.05]Laura: To be honest, for both.[00:47.06]With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. [00:51.56]Peter: If they were honest,[00:53.48]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [00:58.07]and not merely for health reasons.[01:00.76]Laura: How about you?[01:02.01]Do you get any regular exercise?[01:04.55]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[01:06.76]for exercise and enjoyment —[01:08.90]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[01:12.41]but I never go to the gym like you do.[01:14.95]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?[01:19.97]Peter: Not since my school days.[01:22.04]I used to love playing baseball,[01:24.34]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [01:28.20]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[01:31.51]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[01:35.42]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[01:38.95]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too.[01:43.59]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [01:48.59]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[01:52.11]I can get you a guest pass.[01:54.64]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[01:59.84]Questions[02:02.55]1. What do you know about Peter?[02:10.26]2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?[02:18.80]Exercise 2[02:20.11]Listen again and write down answers to the following questions.[02:24.60]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[02:28.84]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[02:31.73]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[02:33.97]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [02:40.40]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[02:43.63]What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good? [02:49.25]Laura: To be honest, for both. With women,[02:52.47]good looks are always a very important consideration.[02:56.05]Peter: If they were honest,[02:57.72]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [03:02.44]and not merely for health reasons.[03:05.04]Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?[03:08.89]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[03:11.19]for exercise and enjoyment —[03:13.41]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[03:16.91]but I never go to the gym like you do.[03:19.48]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise.[03:22.40]How about sports?[03:24.43]Peter: Not since my school days.[03:26.41]I used to love playing baseball,[03:28.77]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [03:32.78]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[03:36.18]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[03:39.96]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[03:43.41]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that.[03:45.71]I go cycling sometimes too.[03:48.18]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [03:53.05]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[03:56.51]I can get you a guest pass.[03:59.13]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[04:04.30]Speaking Tasks[04:08.05]Pair Work[04:09.76]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [04:15.17]Then role-play them with your partner.[04:18.54]Conversation 1[04:20.91]A: What's your plan for this evening?[04:23.56]B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium[04:26.66]but I haven't got a ticket yet.[04:29.10]A: I'm going to the gym.[04:30.86]Would you like to come along?[04:32.70]I can get a guest pass for you.[04:34.91]B: That's wonderful.[04:36.57]I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym.[04:39.79]Thank you very much.[04:42.39]Conversation 2[04:45.51]A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here![04:48.27]How are you doing?[04:49.63]B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. [04:54.51]But after work I often play some sports．[04:58.20]A: Like what?[04:59.21]B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.[05:03.99]A: Tennis? That's my favorite game.[05:06.52]Say, what're you doing this weekend?[05:09.19]B: Nothing particular.[05:11.10]I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.[05:14.63]A: Come on. You need to relax.[05:16.99]What about a game of tennis?[05:19.85]B: OK.[05:21.09]Conversation 3[05:23.75]A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?[05:27.30]B: Not really. Why do you ask?[05:30.35]A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? [05:34.99]B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? [05:40.30]A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.[05:43.29]B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.[05:46.78]A: That's a good form of exercise.[05:49.77]It can help you stay in shape.[05:51.77]B: Yes, it's also safer.[05:54.17]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [06:00.72]Use the structures and expressions above[06:04.09]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 1 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.75]Test Your Listening[00:03.74]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.26]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:12.57]1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis.[00:20.08]What about you?[00:21.30]M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.[00:24.52]Q: What sport does the man like?[00:33.43]2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?[00:37.88]M: It's far from being my kind of sport.[00:41.03]Q: What does the man mean?[00:49.59]3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.[00:54.70]What about you, John?[00:56.64]M: You said it. But it was a bit long.[00:59.54]Q: What does the man think about the football game?[01:09.28]4. W: Do you like to play chess?[01:12.65]M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough.[01:16.53]I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.[01:19.37]Q: What does the man mean?[01:28.00]5. M: I knew the names of all the football players[01:31.71]and the dates of all the games in my high school days.[01:34.87]But recently I have failed to keep up with football.[01:38.74]W: Now you are busy with your golf games.[01:42.09]Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 2 Food and Drinks[00:04.09]Part A[00:06.13]Listening Strategy[00:08.62]Listening "Between the Lines"[00:11.55]People do not always say directly what they mean.[00:15.80]Very often, we have to listen "between the lines".[00:20.04]The English language offers many ways for people to imply,[00:24.23]rather than directly state, their meaning.[00:27.12]To find out what a speaker really means,[00:30.01]we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, [00:34.08]and the intonation used.[00:36.03]For example,[00:37.15]if someone says "I have an essay to write"[00:40.55]in answer to an invitation to go somewhere,[00:43.49]we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. [00:47.43]And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors"[00:51.60]in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test,[00:55.41]we can infer from the meaning of the idiom[00:58.22]"to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. [01:02.71]Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. [01:07.76]For example,[01:08.91]"He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. [01:14.49]You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.[01:19.60]Listen carefully[01:21.18]and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.[01:26.15]1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? [01:33.07]W: Yes, many times.[01:35.35]Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. [01:43.72]2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?[01:46.52]M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. [01:55.46]3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?[01:58.92]M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?[02:06.27]4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.[02:09.60]M: Next to beef.[02:15.17]5. M: Have you tried this wine before?[02:18.34]W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.[02:27.75]6. W: John, do you want a soda?[02:30.84]M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.[02:38.26]7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.[02:42.56]M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.[02:50.11]8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?[02:53.95]W: Oh, I'd really like to,[02:56.21]but my sister may come to visit me this evening.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.71]Listening Tasks[00:04.03]A Conversation[00:05.60]What About Dining Out?[00:08.40]Exercise 1[00:10.93]Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.[00:15.52]Peter: Hi, Kate.[00:17.96]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[00:20.75]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[00:23.09]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [00:27.45]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[00:30.71]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[00:32.71]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[00:36.21]Peter: What do you think about[00:37.98]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[00:40.42]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [00:44.55]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [00:48.41]I've been eating a little too much lately.[00:50.91]Kate: Me too.[00:52.56]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [00:56.91]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [01:00.61]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[01:03.27]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[01:05.32]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[01:08.43]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[01:11.48]and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.[01:14.39]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[01:17.33]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [01:21.37]Peter: That's fine by me.[01:22.65]Exercise 2[01:25.21]Listen to the conversation again[01:27.42]and write down answers to the following questions.[01:30.88]Peter: Hi, Kate.[01:33.54]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[01:36.36]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[01:38.58]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [01:43.09]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[01:46.23]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[01:48.32]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[01:51.83]Peter: What do you think about[01:53.65]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[01:56.07]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [02:00.23]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [02:03.98]I've been eating a little too much lately.[02:06.55]Kate: Me too.[02:08.10]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [02:12.51]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [02:16.42]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[02:18.84]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[02:20.97]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[02:23.99]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[02:27.20]and not much oil or cream orheavy sauces.[02:29.98]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[02:33.00]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [02:37.03]Peter: That's fine by me.[02:39.70]Speaking Tasks[02:41.59]Pair Work[02:43.75]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [02:47.87]Then role-play them with your partner.[02:50.88]Conversation 1[02:53.56](At the school canteen)[02:56.06]A: What a crowd![02:57.55]B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over.[03:01.76]Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.[03:04.94]A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait.[03:08.03]I'd rather not stand in a long line.[03:10.42]B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?[03:13.27]A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.[03:17.20]B: That's great.[03:18.68](At No. 2 Box)[03:21.46]Counter hand: What can I get you?[03:23.38]A: One plate of fried noodles, please.[03:25.58]B: Make it two.[03:26.68]Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?[03:31.79]A: How much is the tomato soup?[03:33.93]Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.[03:36.83]A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?[03:39.91]B: Yes.[03:40.92]A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.[03:46.27]Conversation 2[03:47.50](At a fast food restaurant)[03:49.68]Counter hand: What can I do for you?[03:51.47]Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. [03:55.65]Counter hand: Anything to drink?[03:56.75]Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.[03:59.65]Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?[04:02.04]Customer: For here.[04:06.34]Conversation 3[04:07.92](At a Chinese restaurant)[04:09.74]Waiter: Are you ready to order?[04:13.10]A: Do you have any recommendations?[04:15.21]Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.[04:19.23]It's today's special.[04:20.80]A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.[04:24.71]B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too.[04:31.21]It's my favorite.[04:32.73]Waiter: Okay. Anything else?[04:35.22]A: What about some vegetables, Mary?[04:37.50]B: Yes. How about spinach?[04:40.88]A: Spinach is fine with me.[04:42.75]Waiter: Anything to drink?[04:44.86]A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?[04:49.44]B: Orange juice, please.[04:51.56]Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?[04:55.89]A: Right.[04:57.55]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations.[05:03.71]Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.02]Test Your Listening[00:03.03]Listen to the conversation[00:05.84]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:09.74]A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.[00:13.27]B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.[00:16.86]A: OK. What are you in the mood for?[00:19.40]B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.[00:23.19]A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.[00:27.58]B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.[00:30.23]A: No, actually I ate out last night.[00:32.68]We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.[00:37.51]B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.[00:40.63]A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.[00:46.99]B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.[00:50.82]A: Now let's decide on drinks.[00:53.26]B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.[00:56.29]A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.[00:59.03]B: But we have to go back to work.[01:00.87]A: OK, a Coke for me then.[01:03.35]B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.[01:06.28]Questions[01:08.26]1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?[01:16.71]2. Where does the conversation take place?[01:24.28]3. What will they order?[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 3 Weather[00:04.47]Part A[00:06.22]Listening Strategy[00:08.07]Listening for Important Details[00:11.26]Besides understanding the main idea of a listening text,[00:16.08]we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well.[00:20.90]What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. [00:27.03]Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event,[00:32.70]we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened,[00:36.84]but also when and where, how and why it happened.[00:41.40]In listening to a weather report, on the other hand,[00:44.86]the important details we should watch out for[00:48.07]are the current weather conditions,[00:50.13]temperature, and weather outlook.[00:52.61]You're going to hear two short passages about weather.[00:57.82]While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, [01:04.02]temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, [01:10.38]and write them down in note form.[01:13.08]Then complete the exercises in your book.[01:16.41]1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere,[01:25.57]with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain.[01:30.42]A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing.[01:35.65]There will be light winds with a maximum temperature[01:38.88]of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.[01:43.20]Look at the outlook for the next few days:[01:46.81]it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west. [01:53.13]2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province,[02:00.78]claimed four lives on Sunday.[02:02.83]The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m.[02:07.86]The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour,[02:12.46]causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.14]Listening Tasks[00:03.53]A Conversation[00:05.93]Did You Hear the Forecast?[00:09.45]Exercise 1[00:10.95]Listen to the conversation[00:12.78]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:15.70]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[00:20.56]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[00:23.46]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[00:26.35]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[00:29.36]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[00:33.21]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[00:36.14]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [00:40.85]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [00:45.86]Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, [00:50.67]look for ways to escape from the sun.[00:53.42]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [00:57.78]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[01:02.06]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [01:06.59]Alan: But there wasn't.[01:07.91]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[01:11.55]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[01:15.11]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [01:19.27]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [01:24.29]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[01:27.99]But maybe if it rains,[01:29.77]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[01:34.28]That might not be bad.[01:35.86]Questions[01:37.91]1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?[01:46.42]2. What do you know about Alan?[01:53.20]3. What can you infer from the conversation?[02:01.13]Exercise 2[02:02.70]Listen to the conversation again.[02:05.46]Then write down answers to the following questions.[02:09.46]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[02:14.30]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[02:17.22]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[02:20.28]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[02:23.14]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[02:26.95]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[02:29.99]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [02:34.69]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [02:39.57]Michelle: I sure do.[02:40.86]It was so hot all we did was look for shade,[02:44.45]look for ways to escape from the sun.[02:47.25]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [02:51.56]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[02:55.80]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [03:00.26]Alan: But there wasn't.[03:01.70]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[03:05.39]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[03:08.89]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [03:13.05]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [03:18.15]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[03:21.74]But maybe if it rains,[03:23.62]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[03:27.69]That might not be bad.[03:29.60]Speaking Tasks[03:34.09]Pair Work[03:35.43]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [03:40.75]Then role-play them with your partner.[03:43.60]Conversation 1[03:45.84]A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.[03:49.48]B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.[03:53.02]A: What's the temperature today？[03:55.32]B: The high is 26 and the low is 20.[03:58.95]The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too. [04:03.91]A: I hope so.[04:07.77]Conversation 2[04:09.27]A: It seems to be clearing up.[04:12.69]All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.[04:16.82]B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.[04:22.04]A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days.[04:26.20]Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.[04:29.76]B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？[04:32.95]A: All right.[04:34.02]Conversation 3[04:38.32]A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.[04:42.32]B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.[04:45.30]A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. [04:50.29]B: Yes, especially in July and August.[04:54.04]A: Well, what did the weatherman say?[04:56.80]B: He said another heat wave is on the way.[05:00.02]A: Oh no! I hope not.[05:03.32]B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？[05:08.03]A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.[05:12.39]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [05:19.26]Use the structures and expressions above[05:22.19]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:02.50]Test Your Listening[00:04.63]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.92]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:13.56]1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.[00:20.22]M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, [00:24.45]accompanied by strong winds.[00:26.48]Q: What will the weather be like next week?[00:35.41]2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? [00:40.55]W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. [00:46.20]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[00:54.39]3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?[00:59.70]M: I think it will clear up soon.[01:02.40]But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. [01:06.84]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[01:15.35]4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?[01:19.00]W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing.[01:22.91]You don't have to take a lot of clothes.[01:25.25]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?。

全新版大学英语听说教程2听力原文test

全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavyshowers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albumswon a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any。

(完整版)全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit1—Unit6

Unit 1 All About MeListening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-1-1/Audio Track 2-1-2Nora (N): Is that your van?Katherine (K): Yes, it is. We’re moving in.N: Oh, I see. … We? Who is “we”?K: My husband, Myles, and I. Oh, I’m sorry. Let me introduce myself. I’m Katherine —Katherine Jones.N: I’m Nora Nelson.K: It’s nice to meet you, Nora.N: Welcome to Parkside Apartments. I live in 2A. By myself.K: Oh, then we’re neighbors! We’re moving into Apartment 2B.N: It’s a quiet building. Very nice. Except for …Wes and Lydia in 3B.K: Oh?N: Yes. They play loud music sometimes.K: Oh … I see. …N: Then there are the two students in 3A. They’re classmates at the university.K: Um … I think I need to …N: They’re good boys, but they have too many parties!K: I …N: It is a quiet building, though. … Let’s see, there’s also Mrs. Hanson in 3C. We’re related. She’s my aunt. She talks all the time and …K: Nora, I’m sorry. I’m very busy right now. It was nice meeting you. Really … Um, goodbye. N: What a strange woman!Audio Track 2-1-3/Audio Track 2-1-4Boy (B): Hey, Grandma, what’s in this box?Grandma (G): Oh, nothing really. … Just a few old keepsakes.B: Keepsakes?G: Young man, you know what a keepsake is!B: No, I don’t. I really don’t.G: Well, it’s something you keep. It’s something that gives you a lot of memories.B: Oh. What’s this?G: Now don’t go just digging around in there! … Hmmm, let’s see … that’s my first diary.B: Can I …?G: No, you can’t read it! It’s personal! I wrote about my first boyfriend in there. He became your grandfather!B: Oh, OK. … Well then, what’s that? It has your picture in it.G: That’s my passport. You can see, I traveled to Europe by ship.B: What’s that big book?G: My yearbook. It’s my high school book of memories.B: Class of 1961! Boy, that’s old!G: That’s about enough out of you, young man.I think it’s time we put this box away and …Audio Track 2-1-5/Audio Track 2-1-6At the age of thirteen, I took my first trip alone. I went to visit my grandparents in Los Angeles. I felt very nervous about traveling so far, but my mother said, “Don’t worry. You’ll be fine.” I got on the airplane and talked for a long time to a very nice woman who sat next to me. My grandparents met me at the airport and took me to their home. I stayed there for two weeks, and I had so much fun with them! It was my first time in Los Angeles, and I saw lots of really interesting places. In the end, I didn’t want to go home!Audio Track 2-1-7/Audio Track 2-1-8Making memoriesA popular new hobby is scrapbooking —making beautiful books to hold special memories. Scrapbook pages can include photos, drawings, journal entries. It’s not hard to make a scrapbook that you will enjoy for many years. Here are the steps.1. Choose a theme for your scrapbook pages. Some examples: “School days,”“Family travel,” “Memories of my gran dparents,” “Baby’s first year.”2. Select photos for each page. Two or three really good photos are better than ten so-so photos.3. Find other paper keepsakes to use with your photos. Look for old newspaper clippings, postcards, tickets, report cards, letters — anything made of paper. Use your imagination!4. Design the pages. Put photos and keepsakes together on each page and move them around until you find a layout that you like.5. Glue your photos and keepsakes into place. Then decorate your pages with felt pens, paint, and stickers. Use your imagination!6. Label your pages. This is the most important step! Remember to write down the “5 Ws” of your photos: Who, What, Where, When, and Why. This will make your scrapbook much more interesting and valuable in the future.Audio Track 2-1-9/Audio Track 2-1-10/Audio Track 2-1-11Yearbooks in the United StatesMost high schools in the United States publish a yearbook. The yearbook comes out once a year, usually in the spring. It is a record of the school year —a “book of memories”for the students.Inside a yearbook is each student’s photo. The seniors are graduating soon, and their photos appear first. Next are the juniors. They are one year behind the seniors. Next come the sophomores, or second-year students. The last photos are the first-year students, the freshmen. The yearbook isnot only about students.The teachers have photos, too. The yearbook also has photos and descriptions of sports teams, academic subjects, and extracurricular activities. These are activities students do after school, such as the chess club and Spanish club. There is even a yearbook club. Students in this club write, design, and take photos all year for the yearbook. At the end of the year, the book is printed.In the yearbook, some students receive special titles. The seniors vote and choose the “class clown”(a funny student), the “most likely to succeed”(a student everyone thinks will be successful), and the “best dressed”(a student with a good fashion sense). There are also other awards and categories.Students typically sign each other’s yearbooks. This is especially important for the seniors, because they are graduating. Students write notes to each other, such as, “We had a lot of fun,” or “I’ll never forget you.”They also write about all the fun and funny experiences they shared in school together.Audio Track 2-1-12Conversation 1Sandy: Hello?Joe: Hi, Sandy. It’s Joe.Sandy: Oh hi, Joe.Joe: What are you doing?Sandy: I’m sleeping.Joe: Oh, sorry.Conversation 2Josh: Hello?Lisa: Hi, Josh, how are you?Josh: I’m really busy.Lisa: Why? What are you doing?Josh: I’m painting my bedroom.Lisa: O.K. Talk to you later!Audio Track 2-1-131. He’s dating a really nice girl.2. I’m fixing my car.3. She’s working in her garden.4. We’re going to the movies.Audio Track 2-1-14/Audio Track 2-1-15Conversation 1Maria: Hi, Junko.Junko: Hi, Maria. It’s good to see you again!How are you?Maria: I’m fine, thanks. How about you?Junko: I’m fine.Maria: Junko, this is Ricardo. We’re classmates.We’re both taking accounting this semester.Junko: Hi, Ricardo.Ricardo: Hi, Junko.Conversation 2Yong Il: Hi. Let me introduce myself. I’m Yong Il.Ileana: Nice to meet you. My name is Ileana.Yong Il: It’s nice to meet you, too, Ileana.I’d like you to meet Tammy.Ileana: Nice to meet you, Tammy.Tammy: Nice to meet you, too, Ileana.Yong Il: We’re colleagues.We work in the same department.Audio Track 2-1-16Liu Xiang: David, let me introduce you to Shakira, one of the greatest singers and songwriters of our time. She is from Colombia in Latin America.David: It’s very nice to meet you, Shakira.Shakira: Very nice to meet you too, David. What do you do?David: I’m an international footballer and a model.Shakira: Oh! In which country do you play football?David: I’ve won football championships for teams in England, Spain and America. Shakira: That’s wonderful. Did you know Liu Xiang is an extremely talented athlete too?Liu Xiang: Oh Shakira, you are too kind.Video CourseVideo Track 2-1-1Alex: The most important people in my life are my mother, my father, my two sisters, and my brother.Alejandra: My grandmother is a very important person to me. Her name is Ester and she is 80 years old.Kumiko: The special person in my family is my grandfather, because he’s always kind to me and supportive.Calum: My friends are important to me because I like to go out with them and I can talk to them about most things. I think the three most important people in my life are my friends Tony, Dan, and David.Video Track 2-1-2Kumiko: The special person in my family is my grandfather, because he’s always kind to me and supportive.Calum: My friends are important to me because I like to go out with them and I can talk to them about most things. I think the three most important people in my life are my friends Tony, Dan, and David.Video Track 2-1-3Catherine: Memories are very important to me. I have a shoe box where I put all the letters and pictures and all the little things that I’ve collected for the past years and … um … have it in the shoe box.Agnes: My favorite memory is my visit to my grandfather. He was a very old and wise man and he told me a lot of interesting stories.Calum: One of my happiest memories is when I was a child and I went outside Scotland for the first time. I went to an amusement park in France and I had a very good time there with my family. Julianna: One of the happiest memories from my childhood was my first day of school. I was really excited and the thing I wanted the most was to learn how to read.Video Track 2-1-4Sun-hee: Hey, what are you doing?Tara: I’m getting ready for my blind date.Sun-hee: A blind date? You don’t know this man?Tara: No, but he’s a friend of Claudia’s, so it should be OK.Sun-hee: Oh. So where did she meet him?Tara: They met at work. He’s a colleague of hers. He’s from Brazil, too, but he’s working in the US office right now.Sun-hee: Are you excited?Tara: Excited . . . and a little nervous! What jewelry should I wear?Sun-hee: I don’t know. Hey, what’s that? That’s nice.Tara: This? Oh, this is a bracelet my first boyfriend, Joe, gave me. Isn’t it beautiful?Sun-hee: Yeah.Tara: We were so “in love.” Too bad we were only 17 —too young.Sun-hee: What’s this?Tara: That? Oh, that’s a souvenir from my first trip to the US I was five years old.Sun-hee: Why are you still hanging on to it?Tara: Oh, I’m keeping it for the memories.Sun-hee: How about this?Tara: Now, that is my favorite keepsake. It’s a pendant from my grandmother. She gave it to me when I was 18 years old.Sun-hee: For your birthday?Tara: No. I was in my first year of college and things were rough. I had no friends. I hated myclasses. I didn’t think I could make it. And one day my grandmother told me a story.Sun-hee: Yeah?Tara: My grandmother’s father died when she was only eight years old. Things were hard for her family after that. She went to school. She helped out at home and she had a job.Sun-hee: She was just a little girl!Tara: I know. She worked really hard throughout her whole childhood. So, when my grandmother turned 18, her mother gave her this pendant to say “thank you.”Sun-hee: That was nice.Tara: Yeah. So . . . when life was difficult for me in college, my grandmother gave me the pendant as a reminder to be strong …Sun-hee: That’s beautiful. And it’s perfect for tonight.Tara: You know, you’re right. Here goes…Video Track 2-1-5Sun-hee: Hey, what are you doing?Tara: I’m getting ready for my blind date.Sun-hee: A blind date? You don’t know this man?Tara: No, but he’s a friend of Claudia’s, so it should be OK.Sun-hee: Oh. So where did she meet him?Tara: They met at work. He’s a colleague of hers. He’s from Brazil, too, but he’s working in the US office right now.Sun-hee: Are you excited?Tara: Excited … and a little nervous! What jewelry should I wear?Sun-hee: I don’t know. Hey, what’s that? That’s nice.Video Track 2-1-6Tara: This? Oh, this is a bracelet my first boyfriend, Joe, gave me. Isn’t it beautiful?Sun-hee: Yeah.Tara: We were so “in love.” Too bad we were only 17 —too young.Sun-hee: What’s this?Tara: That? Oh, that’s a souvenir from my first trip to the US I was five years old.Sun-hee: Why are you still hanging on to it?Tara: Oh, I’m keeping it for the memories.Video Track 2-1-7Sun-hee: How about this?Tara: Now, that is my favorite keepsake. It’s a pendant from my grandmother. She gave it to me when I was 18 years old.Sun-hee: For your birthday?Tara: No. I was in my first year of college and things were rough. I had no friends. I hated my classes. I didn’t think I could make it. And one day my grandmother told me a story.Sun-hee: Yeah?Tara: My grandmother’s father died when she was only eight years old. Things were hard for her family after that. She went to school. She helped out at home and she had a job.Sun-hee: She was just a little girl!Tara: I know. She worked really hard throughout her whole childhood. So, when my grandmother turned 18, her mother gave her this pendant to say thank you.Sun-hee: That was nice.Tara: Yeah. So …when life was difficult for me in college, my grandmother gave me the pendant as a reminder to be strong …Sun-hee: That’s beautiful. And it’s perfect for tonight.Tara: You know, you’re right. Here goes …。

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文与答案

全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tenn is? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you e ver been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oi l or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place3. What will they orderUnit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short pa ssages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, te mperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold dr inks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？ A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did the weatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales . So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgro und music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alrea dy. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Yo ur conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success . And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power o f Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than frie nds or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc .).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Yo u seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I j ust felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.D: (after examining the foot) You have a sprained ankle. It's slightly swollen. How does it feel? P: R ather painful there. What should I do, doctor?D: I'll give you an X-ray to see if there is anything wrong with the bone.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate.[ti:Unit 5 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: Jane kept coughing and couldn't go to sleep all night. M: She must be sick. I hope she's bett er today.Q: What do you know about Jane? 2. M: I haven't seen Jack for ages.W: Neither have I. But I heard he had been in hospital for three weeks. Q: What do you learn fro。

全新版大学英语听说教程2原文2

2-1-B Why Don't Y ou Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Peter: Hi, Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you known. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration.Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment -- sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time -- but I never go to the gym like you do. Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.2-1-C Watching a GameAlan: Going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, but I'll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren't you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn't try. I really don't go to games so often.Alan: But don't you enjoy going? Don't you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh sure, nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it's just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant ...Alan: ... you've basically created your own crowd.Betty: That's right. Another reason why I like to watch sports on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Y eah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you're sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand, and far from the field.Alan: It's like you're watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you I'm starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!2-2-B Did Y ou Hear the Weather Forecast?Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: Y ou can't have a picnic without good weather. Y ou need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Y eah, sunshine -- but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off...Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.2-3-C Eating OutA: Well, here we are -- not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I went out for pizza at lunch and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night too, but we had fast food at McDonald's, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have the chicken salad.A: Y es, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great, too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine. you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.2-4-B Going to See the DoctorD: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months -- it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Y es. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: Y ou really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medication for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: Y ou don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.2-5-B Background MusicBackground music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music.To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. AnAmerican marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third.But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Y et, slow music isn't always the answer. T he expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving -- unless, of course, the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.2-5-C Celine DionCeline Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to m ake a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angel il, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France.In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No. 1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremonies of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997, she recorded the theme song for T itanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because Y ou Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".2-6-C A Good SalesmanMr S tevenson was the owner of a general appliance store. He had seen many newly-weds coming into his store to shop for their first refrigerator, washer and dryer, and air-conditioner. Pen and pencil in hand, they would ask him a lot of questions about price, features and after-sale services, but they would usually walk away at the end of their inquiry.The other day a young couple came into his store. They asked him all the usual questions and he answered all of them patiently. But when he suggested an order at the end, they replied firmly, "We'll have to look around places first."Although feeling a bit disappointed, Mr Stevenson did not show it. Instead, he smiled, moved closer and said, "I know you will go to Discount Dan to look at the price tags. That's perfectly understandable. I do the same. In fact, they sell the same stuff as we do. But if you buy things there, there is something you will not get. And that is me. I come with everything I sell. I've been in the business for thirty years and in a few years' time I'm going to give my store to my daughter and son-in-law. I hope they will carry on the family business. I stand behind everything I sell and I will make sure that you will never regret buying things from me."After this short speech Mr Stevenson offered the young couple some ice cream to thank them for their interest.Impressed by his honesty and sincerity, the young couple decided to place an order.2-7-B Fashion -- Image or Reality?Why do people spend so much money on fashion? Do they want to create an image or make sure they are not old-fashioned? Do people really judge each other by the clothes they wear? The billion-dollar fashion industry certainly tries to convince consumers that such judgements are made.Unfortunately, they may be right. A recent study using elementary school students was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Klein designer jeans were more handsome and successful than those wearing Wranglers. Levi-wearers were seen as sporty, fashionable and fun! Obviously we learn early that "Clothes make the man." In other words, clothes show age, outlook, status and income. However, clothes that look great on professional models may look terrible on the average buyer.Although beautiful clothes don't help physically, they are important for social and psychological effects. Expensive clothes can make the wearer feel like part of the high status group that sets taste and style. So you are buying an image of success. Y ou may really live a routine life, waking up in the morning feeling dull and ordinary. But when you dress in these expensive clothes, your mood brightens. Y ou feel good, ready to face another day with energy. Sound crazy? People who love clothes say it's true.Of course, a lot of people don't like high fashion. They'd rather spend their money on something practical. Which would you p refer -- the imageor the reality?2-8-B Lottery WinnersDo you dream of winning the lottery? So have millions of other people. Every day, millions of Americans buy lottery tickets. They are hoping to win $100,000, $1,000,000 or more. What happens after you win the lottery?When you win a million dollars, you don't receive a check for the total amount. Y ou receive $50, 000 a year for twenty years. Also, you must pay taxes. After taxes, you receive from $25,000 to $40,000 a year for twenty years. This is a lot of extra spending money.What have some people done with their money? Let's look at three past winners.Lisa K wanted to be an artist, but she didn't have enough money to go to art school. She was working at a job she didn't enjoy. In August, Lisa bought one ticket and won two million dollars. She quit her job three weeks later and is now attending art school.Mark L was a car salesman. He worked seven days a week and had little time for family life. After he won the lottery, he quit working. Now he spends his time bowling, working in the garden, and fixing things in his house. But, he's bored. He doesn't want to sell cars again, but he isn't sure what he wants to do with his life.Jack B is one of the small number of winners who did not quit his job. Jack still teaches at a school near his home. But now he and his wife take their children on an interesting vacation every year. And they don't worry about sending their children to college. They say t hat money brings security and gives a person opportunities, but it doesn't bring happiness.2-8-C An Abandoned Newborn BabyA healthy newborn girl was discovered in Central Park yesterday morning. The baby was abandoned on the top of a rock shortly before dawn after the mother gave birth to her there.The police said that the baby was healthy and weighed 7 pounds. Now they were searching for the mother. A policeman said that they had never had anything like this before. They really didn't get babies left in the park. But they were just happy the baby was all right.The police rushed the baby to a nearby hospital. Fortunately she was OK. The police believed the baby was born less than half an hour before she was discovered. They also believed judging from the amount of blood found on the rock, that the mother might have given b irth there. It was 70 degrees when the baby was found.Detectives were investigating whether the mother was a homeless woman who called a baby rescue hotline early yesterday. The head of Hope Foundation said that his hotline received a call about 5:30 a.m. from a young homeless woman in Manhattan. The caller asked, "How do I get rid of my baby?" She was apparently in labor. Then she was told to go to either a hospital or a fire station. But the woman was afraid she would be recognized there. The head also said that the woman wouldn't even tell him where he could possibly meet her since they had two teams that could help with the delivery, if necessary.2-9-B A Belated PostcardA postcard carrying a George V stamp has mysteriously arrived at its destination at least 63 years after it was first posted.The card was sent to a baker named Richard Price of South Wales, before the outbreak of the Second World War. it was delivered to a van hire company last week, which is the current owner of the High Street house formerly used by the baker. After an appeal in the local newspaper to discover who the Mr. Richard Price of the address really was, a puzzled Mrs. Meyrick came forward.Pam Meyrick, who is 66 years old, is a granddaughter of the baker. She couldn't believe her eyes when she saw the address and the name. "My grandfather died in 1970 at the age of 92," she said. "The card carries a halfpenny stamp with George V's head on it. I just don't know how it was delivered. Seeing his name brings it all back to me. But it baffled me to understand where the card, which is in mint condition, has been all this time." She said that the unexplained postcard will become a treasured keepsake to her and her family.The card was sent from Birmingham by a salesman for a fruit essence maker. On the card it says: "Our Mr. Gwyn Thomas will have the pleasure of waiting upon you in a few days."A spokeswoman for the Royal Mail said it was unlikely that the postcard was delivered by a postman. "There is a slim chance it could have slipped through the system but I don't think the postman would have missed the stamp," she said. "We'll certainly look into the matter."2-10-C Mount S t. HelensMost volcanoes are quiet. They rest peacefully for hundreds of years. No one pays much attention to them.Mount St. Helens was one of these volcanoes. Until 1980, it was a beautiful recreation area. Its last eruption had been 123 years ago. N o onewas worried about another one. Then, in March 1980, Mount St. Helens began to make noises. At first, there were tremors. Then, small eruptions occurred. Some residents left immediately. Others felt there was no danger.But on the morning of May 18, 1980, the mountain blew its top. With the power of twenty-five atomic bombs, Mount St. Helens exploded. Clouds of dust and ash rose more than twelve miles into the sky. Rocks and mud crashed down the slopes.Unfortunately, many people were still living, camping, or working in the area. Over forty people lost their lives. Others were rescued.Robert Baker was fishing with his family when the explosion occurred. He reported that the morning of May 18 was strange. No birds were singing. The air was still. Then, he saw a large black cloud coming down toward them. In minutes, day turned into night. He called his family to their van and they started on the slow dark ride away from the mountain. All the time, hot ash was raining on them.But other people were not so lucky. David Johnston, a volcano expert, was standing near the summit of the mountain. At 8:31 a. m. , he radioed, "This is it!" He was never heard from again.Mount St. Helens is peaceful now. But its slopes are empty. It will be many years before fish, plants, and trees will again live on the mountain. 2-11B Musician-turned EconomistAlan Greenspan, who has been Chairman of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board for over a decade, is regarded as one of the most important men by many people in the world.Greenspan was born on March 6, 1926. His father was a stockbroker and his mother worked in retailing. When he was 4 years old, his parents divorced and he was raised by his mother in New Y ork.Y oung Alan was a shy boy but he was very good at large numbers. When he was only five, his mother would get him to add two three-digit numbers in his head.He loved baseball and tennis. And, like his mother, he developed a deep appreciation for music. In the mid-1940s he studied briefly at a music school in New Y ork, and then toured the country for a year with a music band. Then he entered New Y ork University's Sch ool of Commerce and graduated with a degree in economics. He got a Master's degree at NYU in 1949, and shifted to Columbia University to work on his PhD. When his money ran low, he withdrew from graduate school and went to work for the National Industrial Conferen ce Board. He eventually earned a PhD from NYU in 1977.In the mid-1950s Greenspan opened an economic consulting company. In 1987 he began to work in the Federal Government. Today his work as Chief of Federal Reserve Board is much the same as the work he did on W all Street, trying to understand how the economy is working and what dri ves it; offering suggestions for improvement. He is, however, making less money.2-12-ADrawing InferencesCollege students are familiar with the initials, WWW, which stand for W orld Wide W eb. But do you know who invented this? According to the magazine Time, Tim Berners-Lee was the creator.Tim Berners-Lee is extremely intelligent but not good at "random connection", such as linking names and faces. In order to keep track of such links, he wrote some software -- "a memory substitute" -- in 1980. A decade later, it took a great leap, growing to cover the world. It is today's W orld Wide W eb, which could prove as important as the printing press. Y et so far, most of the we alth and fame coming from the W eb have gone to people other than him. He has not appeared on the cover of any magazine. He has a small office at M.I.T., wh ere his nonprofit group helps and guards the W eb.2-12-B The Story of the W alkmanAkio Morita, chairman of Sony, was annoyed because his children constantly played loud music. He told his company engineers to devise some machine to make the music only audible to the user. They did, and the W alkman was born. This totally changed the way we listen to music. Morita personally insisted on using the name "W alkman" for the new machine. His advisers said the phrase meant nothing in English. But he knew it was easy to pronounce the word in nearly every language. It was also short, catching and summed up the importance of the new device!Now the personal stereo is used by everyone. There are new designs such as CD W alkmans, recording W alkmans, etc. As size, wei ght and cost get smaller, quality gets bigger.Socially, however, the W alkman habit may not be so good. By playing their personal stereos at full volume in small spaces, listeners may disturb others. The repeated loud beat can also be annoying. That is why in London's Underground Railway System there are signs saying,"Keep Y our Personal Stereo Personal." Furthermore, drivers listening to W alkmans may sometimes cause road accidents to happen. And the rise in hearing problems is often blamed on their misuse.There is no doubt that modern society has a love-hate relationship with the W alkman. Y et even criticism proves how popular the W alkman has become. Rather like the television or the computer, it is hard to imagine how we ever lived without them.2-13B Professor Sabbatucci's Noble ActA thief who dropped a winning lottery ticket at the scene of his crime has been given a lesson in honesty. His victim, who picked up the ticket, managed to trace him, and handed over the cash.The robbery happened last Saturday when maths professor V inicio Sabbatucci, 58, was changing a tire on an Italian motorway. Another motorist, who stopped to "help", stole a suitcase from his car and drove off.The professor found the dropped ticket and put it in his pocket before dri ving to his home in eastern Italy. Next day, he saw the lottery results on TV and, unfolding the ticket, realized it was a winner. He claimed the 60 million lire prize.Then began a battle with his conscience. Eventually, he decided he could not keep the money despite the fact that he had been robbed.He advertised in newspapers and on radio, saying: "I'm trying to find the man who robbed me. I have 60 million lire for him -- a lottery win. Please meet me. Anonymity guaranteed."Professor Sabbatucci received hundreds of calls from people. All of them tried to trick him into giving them the cash. But there was one voice he recognized -- and he arranged to meet the man in a park.The robber turned out to be a 35-year-old unemployed father of two children. He gave back the suitcase and burst into tears. He could not believe what was happening. "Why didn't you keep the money?" he asked.The professor replied: "I couldn't because it's not mine."Then he walked off, ignoring the thief's offer of a reward.2-14CHow Many Species Are There?Isn't it surprising that scientists have a better understanding of how many stars there are in the galaxy than how many species there are on Earth? Their estimates of global species diversity vary from 2 to 100 million species. Most people agree on an estimate of somewhere near 10 million and yet only 1.75 million have actually been named. Current knowledge of species diversity is limited. This problem becomes more serious because there is a lack of a central database or list of the world's species.New species are still being discovered -- even new birds and mammals. On average, about three new species of birds are found each year, and since 1990, 10 new species of monkeys have been discovered. Other groups are still far from being completely described: an estimated 40 percent of freshwater fishes in South America have not yet been classified.Scientists were startled in 1980 by the discovery of a huge diversity of insects in tropical forests. In one study of just 19 trees in Panama, 960 new species of beetles were discovered.As scientists begin investigating other little-known ecosystems, like the soil and the deep sea, "surprising" discoveries of species become commonplace. There is nothing strange about this, though, since as many as a million undescribed species are believed to live in the deep sea. And one gram of a small-sized piece of land might hold 90 million bacteria and other microbes. How many species these communities contain is still anyone's guess.2-15-A The environment on our planet is a closed system: nothing new is ever added. Nature recycles its resources.Today, the Earth is in trouble. Factories pour dirty water into our rivers. Many fish die and the water becomes unhealthy for people to drink. Cars and factories put poison into the air and cause plants, animals and people to get sick. People throw bottles and paper out of their car windows, and the roadside becomes covered with all sorts of wastes. Over the years, people have changed the environment, and we have pollution.To continue to survive, we must learn how to use the Earth's resources wisely. W e have to change our habits and stop dumping such enormous amounts of industrial waste into the water and air. W e must cooperate with nature and learn better ways to use, not abuse, our environment.2-15-BPlastic Bags -- A Big Problem in Hong KongEvery day people in Hong Kong get rid of 15 million plastic bags. They weigh about 600 tons. This is not including the tens of thousandsof plastic bags people dump at the beaches and in local waters, which have caused serious pollution.These bags cost taxpayers over $70 million a year to deal with. Some of the bags are destroyed by burning. The problem with this is that, when they break down, they release poisonous chemicals, which can cause cancer. The chemical poisons penetrate into the earth.In order to attract the public's attention to the problem of plastic bags and to reduce the number of bags used at the same t ime, the Retail Management Association launched the Use Fewer Bags Campaign. In the first stage of the campaign, 1,500 retail stores aimed to reduce the number of plastic bags given away to customers by 10 per cent. This has been achieved. The second stage of campaign will focus on the number of plastic bags given away in markets."Ideally, people going to buy food in the markets should carry their own reusable bags, such as canvas bags, that can be washed," said a campaign coordinator. She stressed that the campaign had two objectives. Besides reducing the number of plastic bags used, sh e hoped that the campaign would increase the public's overall awareness of environmental problems.2-16-B Digital DivideJenny: Hi, John.John: Hi, Jenny.Jenny: One of the issues today is the digital divide. What does it mean?John: It refers to the divide between who is online and who isn't.Jenny: What's the nature of the breakdown? Who are they saying is online and who isn't?John: They are looking at three principal portions of the American population with regard to ethnic gap, income gap and also different age groups.Jenny: What do they discover?John: They find that today 30% of African Americans, 33% of Hispanic Americans, and 47% of White Americans, are online, but the largest portion of the American population are Asian Americans with a 65% online.Jenny: Do they offer any explanations about why this might be?John: W ell, one reason of course is income. Low income population's use of the Internet is less. For example, for those who e arn $75,000 annually, over 70% have computers linked to the Internet.Jenny: W ell, computers are still a fairly pricey item, although prices are coming down.John: But they're predicting that within five years double the amount of people will be using them.Jenny: Going back to this digital divide, do men and women use the Inte rnet equally? Is there a gender divide?John: No. Not only is there not a gender divide but the prediction is this year more women will be online than men.Jenny: Really?John: But the difference here is the sites they visit. Men are interested in financial and technology sites. W omen tend to prefer sites dealing with more personal matters. For instance. they want to find out about women's health. So while both men and women are online, there is a difference in what they go online for.Jenny: Y eah. Interesting. What did the study say about the future growth?John: W ell. they're forecasting that three quarters of the country will be online within five years.Jenny: That's fast, isn't it?John: Sure. Let's better get involved.Jenny: Right.2-test1-ADialogue 1:A: May I help you?B: I'm here to apply for a library card.A: W ould you please fill out this application card?B: Sure. Could you tell me what time the library is open?。

1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。

Unit2 Communication ProblemsB2U2_NCE_VLS_ListenSpeak_Listen1_Mrs. Black was having a lot of trouble with her skin, so she went to her doctor. However he could not find anything wrong with her. So he sent her to the local hospital for some tests. The hospital, of course, sent the results of the tests directly to Mrs. Black's doctor. The next morning, he telephoned her to give her a list of the things that he thought she should not eat, as any of them might be the cause of her skin trouble.Mrs. Black carefully wrote all the things down on a piece of paper, which she then left beside the telephone while she went out to a meeting.When she got back home two hours later, she found her husband waiting for her. He had a big basket full of packages beside him, and when he saw her, he said, “Hello, dear. I have done all your shopping for you.”“Done all my shopping?” she asked in surprise. “But how did you know what I wanted?”“Well, when I got home, I found your shopping list beside the telephone,” answered her husband, “so I went down to the shops and bought everything you had written down.”Of course, Mrs. Black had to tell him that he had bought all the things the doctor did not allow her to eat!B2U2_NCE_VLS_ListenSpeak_Listen2American and British people both speak English, of course, but sometimes it does not seem like the same language. In fact, there are some important differences between British and American English.First of all, they sound very different. Often, Americans don't say all the letters in each word. For example, Americans may say “I dunno” instead of “I don't know”, or they may say “Whaddya say?” instead of “What do you say?”Sound is not the only difference between British and American English. The two languages have different words and expressions for some things. For example, some words for clothing are different. Americans use the word “sweater”, but the British say “jumper”. Americans wear “vests” over their shirts, but British people wear “vests” under their shirts. Americans talk about “pants” or “slacks”, but the Britishtalk about “trousers”. The British chips are American French fries. A British chemist is an American drugstore. In Britain, if you are going to telephone friends, you “ring them up”. In America, you “give them a call”.There are also some differences in grammar. For example, Americans almost always use the helping verb “do” with the verb “have”. They might say, “Do you have an extra pen?” The British often ask the question a different way. They might say, “Have y ou got an extra pen?”These differences can be confusing when you are learning English. But when the same language is used in different places, it is understandable that it changes in each place.B2U2_NCE_VLS_ListenSpeak_Listen3(Mr. and Mrs. Jones are having a conversation one evening while Mrs. Jones happens to be looking at some of the textbooks her daughter, who is in the fifth grade, is using.)Mrs. Jones: Listen to what this book says. It really makes me angry! When talking about the settling of th e western part of the U.S., it says, “MEN by the thousands headed west.” Then on the very same page it says, “The average citizen in the United States is proud of HIS heritage.”Mr. Jones: What's wrong with that? It's true. I don't understand why you are angry. Mrs. Jones: Why? Because women are left out!Mr. Jones:Everyone knows when the author says “men” or “his” in those sentences that the author means to include women.Mrs. Jones: I think you are wrong. When young people read these sentences, they simply do not form a mental image which includes females.Mr. Jones: Mm. Do you have other examples?Mrs. Jones:Yes I do! This book mentions “MAN-made improvements that have raised America's standard of living”. A child will not think that females as we ll as males have made contributions when reading this.Mr. Jones: I still don't think it's very important.Mrs. Jones: Of course you don't! You're a man. But don't you want our daughter and other little girls to have the idea that they can be important citizens in their country, just as other women have been in the past?Mr. Jones: Well, I guess you're right. I hope not all textbooks are like that.B2U2_NCE_VLS_MoreListen_Practice1Walking down the street, a dog saw an ad in an office window. “Help want ed. Must type 70 words a minute. Must be computer literate. Must be bilingual. Anequal-opportunity employer.”The dog applied for the position, but he was quickly refused. “I can't hire a dog for this job,” the office manager said. But when the dog pointed to the line that read “An equal-opportunity employer”, the office manager sighed and asked, “Can you type?” Silently, the dog walked over to a typewriter and typed a letter without a mistake. “Can you operate a computer?” the manager inquired. The dog t hen sat down at a computer, wrote a program and ran it perfectly.“Look, I still can't hire a dog for this position,” said the office manager. “You have fine skills, but I need someone who's bilingual. It says so right in the ad.”The dog looked up at th e manager and said, “Meow.”B2U2_NCE_VLS_MoreListen_Practice2There are about 5,000 languages in the world, and the one with the most number of speakers is Mandarin, with about 650,000,000 native speakers. English has around 350,000,000 native speakers.One of the most common surnames in the world is Zhang: There are about350,000,000. Smith is the most common English surname: There are around 80,000 in England and Wales and an estimated 2,382,509 in the United States.The largest dictionary in the world is the Oxford English Dictionary, which has 20 volumes, 21,728 pages, 290,500 main entries, and around 59,000,000 words. It lists the definitions of around 615,000 words. The Webster's International Dictionary lists about 450,000 words.The chemical name for a protein that has 1,913 letters is considered to be the longest word in English.B2U2_NCE_VLS_MoreListen_Practice3Ramon Romero is a seventeen-year-old boy from Bolivia. He speaks Spanish and a little bit of English.Ramon lives in the United States now, in Little Rock, Arkansas, with the Hutchinsons. They are not his real family. His real family is back in Bolivia. They cannot come to America because they have jobs and duties in their country and aren't able to leave. However, they do want their son to have an American education and be fluent in English.He misses his family and wishes to see them. It seems that no one understands his true feelings. It is difficult to listen to English all the time and then to express his thoughts in English. His American family is very nice to him and helps him in every way. In return, Ramon does little things to help the family. For instance, he takes the dog for a walk every morning and every evening.When he comes back from the morning walk, he tells Mrs. Hutchinson about the weather. This tells her how to dress her four-year-old son. On Tuesday, Mrs. Hutchinson asks, “How is the weather today?”Ramon answers, “It rain.”“No, Ramon, in English we say, 'It's raining.'”On Wednesday, it rains again.“It's raining today,” reports Ramon.On Thursday, it snows. On Friday, the sun finally shines. Ramon is very happy that he doesn't have to wear boots or carry an umbrella. He comes into the house with a big smile on his face.“How's the weather today?” asks Mrs. H utchinson.“Oh, today I am very happy,” replies Ramon. “There is no weather.”B2U2_NCE_VLS_MoreListen_Practice4Nick: Hi, Dieter. OK?Dieter: Oh, hi, Nick. Yes, I'm fine, except that I had a big problem ordering my drink.I didn't think my English was so bad!Nick: Your English is very good! What kind of problem?Dieter: Well, look at this beer I've got here—this warm, brown, English beer—it wasn't what I wanted!Nick: Why, what did you ask for?Dieter: Well, I just asked for a small beer. Then the barman asked what type of beer and said lots of names that I didn't understand—and something about a pie or a pine. I didn't understand anything!Nick: Oh, no! He probably said a pint! In English you don't ask for a big or a small beer. You ask for either a pint or a half. A pint's the big one.Dieter: So this one I've got here is a half?Nick: Yes, that's a half of bitter. Bitter's the name for that type of beer.Dieter: Ah, that's what he said—bitter! Well, it's very different from the beer we drink in Germany, I must say.Nick: Yes, I know. They call the German type of beer lager. So you have to ask for a half of lager, or a pint of lager.Dieter: OK. I understand that now. My another problem was chips. I asked for a packet of chips, and the barman said something strange—that they don't have chips in the evening, only at lunchtime. What did he mean?Nick: Yes, they have fish and chips, but I think you meant crisps. In England, chips are fried potatoes, you know, French fries. The ones you buy in a packet are crisps. Dieter: Well, in the end I didn't get anything to eat. So you see, I did everything wrong!B2U2_NCE_VLS_Quiz_Test1Learning to communicate in another language may be very difficult and frustrating at times, but it can also be one of the most rewarding experiences in your life. Being able to communicate in another language will open doors for you to experience a world of new people, places, and ideas. It will offer you a look at cultures from every part of the earth. And if you have the opportunity to live in another culture, the experience will show you many things—above all, about your own culture. It will reveal cultural similarities and differences that you have never noticed in the past. In addition, the experience can also show you a great deal about your own personal beliefs, attitudes, and perceptions. Within a short time in another culture, you will find that you begin to learn a great deal about yourself and your own country and culture. B2U2_NCE_VLS_Quiz_Test2My wife and I visited her family in Mexico ten months after we were married. I had been working on my Spanish and was looking forward to practicing it. On our firstevening there, the entire family held a party for us. I spent a lot of time entertaining the children, one of whom enjoyed explaining to me in great detail.Later I said to my wife, “I really thought my Spanish had improved, but when I was talking with Rolando, no matter how hard I concentrated, I couldn't understand a thing he was saying.”“No one can,” she replied, “he's still learning how to talk.”B2U2_NCE_VLS_Quiz_Test3At an early age, little girls' conversation is less definite and expresses more doubts, while little boys use conversation to establish status with their listeners.These differences continue into adult life. In public conversations, men talk more and interrupt other speakers more. In private conversations, men and women speak in equal amounts, although they say things in a different style. For women, private talking is a way to establish and test intimacy. For men, private talking is a way to explore the power structure of a relationship.Teaching is one job which shows the differences between men's and women's ways of talking. When a man teaches a woman, he wants to show that he has more knowledge, and hence more power in conversation. He uses his language to show this. When a woman teaches another woman, however, she is more likely to take a sharing approach and to encourage her student to join in.But it doesn't suggest that women are naturally more helpful. Actually, women feel they achieve power by being able to help others.。

新编大学第二册英语听力原文2

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2

最新全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文及答案

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2

新标准大学英语视听说2听力原文

新编大学英语听力2原文

大学英语听力b2_listening_unit_2_Communication

全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit-2Word版

新标准大学英语视听说教程2册unit1-3听力原文

全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文

全新版大学英语听说教程2test-2听力原文

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案

全新版大学英语听说教程2-听力原文及答案

《新编英语听力教程2》答案

全新版大学英语(第二版)听力原文

全新版大学英语听说教程2听力原文test

(完整版)全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit1—Unit6

全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文与答案

全新版大学英语听说教程2原文2